PostgreSQL Source Code git master
Loading...
Searching...
No Matches
executor.h File Reference
#include "access/xlogdefs.h"
#include "datatype/timestamp.h"
#include "executor/execdesc.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
#include "nodes/lockoptions.h"
#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
Include dependency graph for executor.h:
This graph shows which files directly or indirectly include this file:

Go to the source code of this file.

Data Structures

struct  TupOutputState
 

Macros

#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY   0x0001 /* EXPLAIN, no ANALYZE */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_GENERIC   0x0002 /* EXPLAIN (GENERIC_PLAN) */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_REWIND   0x0004 /* need efficient rescan */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_BACKWARD   0x0008 /* need backward scan */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_MARK   0x0010 /* need mark/restore */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS   0x0020 /* skip AfterTrigger setup */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA   0x0040 /* REFRESH ... WITH NO DATA */
 
#define EvalPlanQualSetSlot(epqstate, slot)   ((epqstate)->origslot = (slot))
 
#define do_text_output_oneline(tstate, str_to_emit)
 
#define ResetExprContext(econtext)    MemoryContextReset((econtext)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)
 
#define GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)
 
#define GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate)    (GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)
 
#define ResetPerTupleExprContext(estate)
 
#define EIIT_IS_UPDATE   (1<<0)
 
#define EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR   (1<<1)
 
#define EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING   (1<<2)
 

Typedefs

typedef void(* ExecutorStart_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
 
typedef void(* ExecutorRun_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
 
typedef void(* ExecutorFinish_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
typedef void(* ExecutorEnd_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
typedef bool(* ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable, List *rtePermInfos, bool ereport_on_violation)
 
typedef struct Path Path
 
typedef TupleTableSlot *(* ExecScanAccessMtd) (ScanState *node)
 
typedef bool(* ExecScanRecheckMtd) (ScanState *node, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
typedef struct TupOutputState TupOutputState
 

Functions

void ExecReScan (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecMarkPos (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecRestrPos (PlanState *node)
 
bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore (Path *pathnode)
 
bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan (Plan *node)
 
bool ExecMaterializesOutput (NodeTag plantype)
 
bool execCurrentOf (CurrentOfExpr *cexpr, ExprContext *econtext, Oid table_oid, ItemPointer current_tid)
 
ExprStateexecTuplesMatchPrepare (TupleDesc desc, int numCols, const AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqOperators, const Oid *collations, PlanState *parent)
 
void execTuplesHashPrepare (int numCols, const Oid *eqOperators, Oid **eqFuncOids, FmgrInfo **hashFunctions)
 
TupleHashTable BuildTupleHashTable (PlanState *parent, TupleDesc inputDesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *inputOps, int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqfuncoids, FmgrInfo *hashfunctions, Oid *collations, double nelements, Size additionalsize, MemoryContext metacxt, MemoryContext tuplescxt, MemoryContext tempcxt, bool use_variable_hash_iv)
 
TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, bool *isnew, uint32 *hash)
 
uint32 TupleHashTableHash (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntryHash (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, bool *isnew, uint32 hash)
 
TupleHashEntry FindTupleHashEntry (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, ExprState *eqcomp, ExprState *hashexpr)
 
void ResetTupleHashTable (TupleHashTable hashtable)
 
Size EstimateTupleHashTableSpace (double nentries, Size tupleWidth, Size additionalsize)
 
static size_t TupleHashEntrySize (void)
 
static MinimalTuple TupleHashEntryGetTuple (TupleHashEntry entry)
 
static voidTupleHashEntryGetAdditional (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleHashEntry entry)
 
JunkFilterExecInitJunkFilter (List *targetList, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
JunkFilterExecInitJunkFilterConversion (List *targetList, TupleDesc cleanTupType, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttribute (JunkFilter *junkfilter, const char *attrName)
 
AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist (List *targetlist, const char *attrName)
 
TupleTableSlotExecFilterJunk (JunkFilter *junkfilter, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
static Datum ExecGetJunkAttribute (TupleTableSlot *slot, AttrNumber attno, bool *isNull)
 
void ExecutorStart (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
 
void standard_ExecutorStart (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
 
void ExecutorRun (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
 
void standard_ExecutorRun (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
 
void ExecutorFinish (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void standard_ExecutorFinish (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void ExecutorEnd (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void standard_ExecutorEnd (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void ExecutorRewind (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
bool ExecCheckPermissions (List *rangeTable, List *rteperminfos, bool ereport_on_violation)
 
bool ExecCheckOneRelPerms (RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo)
 
void CheckValidResultRel (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, CmdType operation, OnConflictAction onConflictAction, List *mergeActions)
 
void InitResultRelInfo (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Relation resultRelationDesc, Index resultRelationIndex, ResultRelInfo *partition_root_rri, int instrument_options)
 
ResultRelInfoExecGetTriggerResultRel (EState *estate, Oid relid, ResultRelInfo *rootRelInfo)
 
ListExecGetAncestorResultRels (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
 
void ExecConstraints (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
 
AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, List *notnull_virtual_attrs)
 
bool ExecPartitionCheck (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, bool emitError)
 
void ExecPartitionCheckEmitError (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
 
void ExecWithCheckOptions (WCOKind kind, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
 
charExecBuildSlotValueDescription (Oid reloid, TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleDesc tupdesc, Bitmapset *modifiedCols, int maxfieldlen)
 
LockTupleMode ExecUpdateLockMode (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 
ExecRowMarkExecFindRowMark (EState *estate, Index rti, bool missing_ok)
 
ExecAuxRowMarkExecBuildAuxRowMark (ExecRowMark *erm, List *targetlist)
 
TupleTableSlotEvalPlanQual (EPQState *epqstate, Relation relation, Index rti, TupleTableSlot *inputslot)
 
void EvalPlanQualInit (EPQState *epqstate, EState *parentestate, Plan *subplan, List *auxrowmarks, int epqParam, List *resultRelations)
 
void EvalPlanQualSetPlan (EPQState *epqstate, Plan *subplan, List *auxrowmarks)
 
TupleTableSlotEvalPlanQualSlot (EPQState *epqstate, Relation relation, Index rti)
 
bool EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark (EPQState *epqstate, Index rti, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
TupleTableSlotEvalPlanQualNext (EPQState *epqstate)
 
void EvalPlanQualBegin (EPQState *epqstate)
 
void EvalPlanQualEnd (EPQState *epqstate)
 
PlanStateExecInitNode (Plan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
 
void ExecSetExecProcNode (PlanState *node, ExecProcNodeMtd function)
 
NodeMultiExecProcNode (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecEndNode (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecShutdownNode (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecSetTupleBound (int64 tuples_needed, PlanState *child_node)
 
TupleTableSlotExecProcNodeInstr (PlanState *node)
 
static TupleTableSlotExecProcNode (PlanState *node)
 
ExprStateExecInitExpr (Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecInitExprWithContext (Expr *node, PlanState *parent, Node *escontext)
 
ExprStateExecInitExprWithParams (Expr *node, ParamListInfo ext_params)
 
ExprStateExecInitQual (List *qual, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecInitCheck (List *qual, PlanState *parent)
 
ListExecInitExprList (List *nodes, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecBuildAggTrans (AggState *aggstate, struct AggStatePerPhaseData *phase, bool doSort, bool doHash, bool nullcheck)
 
ExprStateExecBuildHash32FromAttrs (TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *ops, FmgrInfo *hashfunctions, Oid *collations, int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx, PlanState *parent, uint32 init_value)
 
ExprStateExecBuildHash32Expr (TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *ops, const Oid *hashfunc_oids, const List *collations, const List *hash_exprs, const bool *opstrict, PlanState *parent, uint32 init_value)
 
ExprStateExecBuildGroupingEqual (TupleDesc ldesc, TupleDesc rdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *lops, const TupleTableSlotOps *rops, int numCols, const AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqfunctions, const Oid *collations, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecBuildParamSetEqual (TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *lops, const TupleTableSlotOps *rops, const Oid *eqfunctions, const Oid *collations, const List *param_exprs, PlanState *parent)
 
ProjectionInfoExecBuildProjectionInfo (List *targetList, ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot, PlanState *parent, TupleDesc inputDesc)
 
ProjectionInfoExecBuildUpdateProjection (List *targetList, bool evalTargetList, List *targetColnos, TupleDesc relDesc, ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareExpr (Expr *node, EState *estate)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareExprWithContext (Expr *node, EState *estate, Node *escontext)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareQual (List *qual, EState *estate)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareCheck (List *qual, EState *estate)
 
ListExecPrepareExprList (List *nodes, EState *estate)
 
static Datum ExecEvalExpr (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturn (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
static Datum ExecEvalExprSwitchContext (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
static TupleTableSlotExecProject (ProjectionInfo *projInfo)
 
static bool ExecQual (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
static bool ExecQualAndReset (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
bool ExecCheck (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
SetExprStateExecInitTableFunctionResult (Expr *expr, ExprContext *econtext, PlanState *parent)
 
TuplestorestateExecMakeTableFunctionResult (SetExprState *setexpr, ExprContext *econtext, MemoryContext argContext, TupleDesc expectedDesc, bool randomAccess)
 
SetExprStateExecInitFunctionResultSet (Expr *expr, ExprContext *econtext, PlanState *parent)
 
Datum ExecMakeFunctionResultSet (SetExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext, MemoryContext argContext, bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone)
 
TupleTableSlotExecScan (ScanState *node, ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd, ExecScanRecheckMtd recheckMtd)
 
void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo (ScanState *node)
 
void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno (ScanState *node, int varno)
 
void ExecScanReScan (ScanState *node)
 
void ExecInitResultTypeTL (PlanState *planstate)
 
void ExecInitResultSlot (PlanState *planstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
void ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL (PlanState *planstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
void ExecInitScanTupleSlot (EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops, uint16 flags)
 
TupleTableSlotExecInitExtraTupleSlot (EState *estate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
TupleTableSlotExecInitNullTupleSlot (EState *estate, TupleDesc tupType, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
TupleDesc ExecTypeFromTL (List *targetList)
 
TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL (List *targetList)
 
TupleDesc ExecTypeFromExprList (List *exprList)
 
void ExecTypeSetColNames (TupleDesc typeInfo, List *namesList)
 
void UpdateChangedParamSet (PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
 
TupOutputStatebegin_tup_output_tupdesc (DestReceiver *dest, TupleDesc tupdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
void do_tup_output (TupOutputState *tstate, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull)
 
void do_text_output_multiline (TupOutputState *tstate, const char *txt)
 
void end_tup_output (TupOutputState *tstate)
 
EStateCreateExecutorState (void)
 
void FreeExecutorState (EState *estate)
 
ExprContextCreateExprContext (EState *estate)
 
ExprContextCreateWorkExprContext (EState *estate)
 
ExprContextCreateStandaloneExprContext (void)
 
void FreeExprContext (ExprContext *econtext, bool isCommit)
 
void ReScanExprContext (ExprContext *econtext)
 
ExprContextMakePerTupleExprContext (EState *estate)
 
void ExecAssignExprContext (EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
 
TupleDesc ExecGetResultType (PlanState *planstate)
 
const TupleTableSlotOpsExecGetResultSlotOps (PlanState *planstate, bool *isfixed)
 
const TupleTableSlotOpsExecGetCommonSlotOps (PlanState **planstates, int nplans)
 
const TupleTableSlotOpsExecGetCommonChildSlotOps (PlanState *ps)
 
void ExecAssignProjectionInfo (PlanState *planstate, TupleDesc inputDesc)
 
void ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo (PlanState *planstate, TupleDesc inputDesc, int varno)
 
void ExecAssignScanType (ScanState *scanstate, TupleDesc tupDesc)
 
void ExecCreateScanSlotFromOuterPlan (EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
bool ExecRelationIsTargetRelation (EState *estate, Index scanrelid)
 
bool ScanRelIsReadOnly (ScanState *ss)
 
Relation ExecOpenScanRelation (EState *estate, Index scanrelid, int eflags)
 
void ExecInitRangeTable (EState *estate, List *rangeTable, List *permInfos, Bitmapset *unpruned_relids)
 
void ExecCloseRangeTableRelations (EState *estate)
 
void ExecCloseResultRelations (EState *estate)
 
static RangeTblEntryexec_rt_fetch (Index rti, EState *estate)
 
Relation ExecGetRangeTableRelation (EState *estate, Index rti, bool isResultRel)
 
void ExecInitResultRelation (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Index rti)
 
int executor_errposition (EState *estate, int location)
 
void RegisterExprContextCallback (ExprContext *econtext, ExprContextCallbackFunction function, Datum arg)
 
void UnregisterExprContextCallback (ExprContext *econtext, ExprContextCallbackFunction function, Datum arg)
 
Datum GetAttributeByName (HeapTupleHeader tuple, const char *attname, bool *isNull)
 
Datum GetAttributeByNum (HeapTupleHeader tuple, AttrNumber attrno, bool *isNull)
 
int ExecTargetListLength (List *targetlist)
 
int ExecCleanTargetListLength (List *targetlist)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetTriggerOldSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetTriggerNewSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetReturningSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetAllNullSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleConversionMapExecGetChildToRootMap (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
 
TupleConversionMapExecGetRootToChildMap (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate)
 
Oid ExecGetResultRelCheckAsUser (ResultRelInfo *relInfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetInsertedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetUpdatedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetExtraUpdatedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetAllUpdatedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
void ExecOpenIndices (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, bool speculative)
 
void ExecCloseIndices (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
 
ListExecInsertIndexTuples (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, uint32 options, TupleTableSlot *slot, List *arbiterIndexes, bool *specConflict)
 
bool ExecCheckIndexConstraints (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, ItemPointer conflictTid, const ItemPointerData *tupleid, List *arbiterIndexes)
 
void check_exclusion_constraint (Relation heap, Relation index, IndexInfo *indexInfo, const ItemPointerData *tupleid, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull, EState *estate, bool newIndex)
 
bool RelationFindReplTupleByIndex (Relation rel, Oid idxoid, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *outslot)
 
bool RelationFindReplTupleSeq (Relation rel, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *outslot)
 
bool RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoSeq (Relation rel, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TransactionId oldestxmin, TransactionId *delete_xid, ReplOriginId *delete_origin, TimestampTz *delete_time)
 
bool RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoByIndex (Relation rel, Oid idxoid, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TransactionId oldestxmin, TransactionId *delete_xid, ReplOriginId *delete_origin, TimestampTz *delete_time)
 
void ExecSimpleRelationInsert (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
void ExecSimpleRelationUpdate (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
void ExecSimpleRelationDelete (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, TupleTableSlot *searchslot)
 
void CheckCmdReplicaIdentity (Relation rel, CmdType cmd)
 
void CheckSubscriptionRelkind (char localrelkind, char remoterelkind, const char *nspname, const char *relname)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetUpdateNewTuple (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, TupleTableSlot *planSlot, TupleTableSlot *oldSlot)
 
ResultRelInfoExecLookupResultRelByOid (ModifyTableState *node, Oid resultoid, bool missing_ok, bool update_cache)
 

Variables

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorStart_hook_type ExecutorStart_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorRun_hook_type ExecutorRun_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorFinish_hook_type ExecutorFinish_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorEnd_hook_type ExecutorEnd_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type ExecutorCheckPerms_hook
 

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ do_text_output_oneline

#define do_text_output_oneline (   tstate,
  str_to_emit 
)
Value:
do { \
Datum values_[1]; \
bool isnull_[1]; \
isnull_[0] = false; \
} while (0)
static Datum PointerGetDatum(const void *X)
Definition postgres.h:342
uint64_t Datum
Definition postgres.h:70
static Pointer DatumGetPointer(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:332
static int fb(int x)
text * cstring_to_text(const char *s)
Definition varlena.c:184

Definition at line 639 of file executor.h.

640 { \
641 Datum values_[1]; \
642 bool isnull_[1]; \
644 isnull_[0] = false; \
647 } while (0)

◆ EIIT_IS_UPDATE

#define EIIT_IS_UPDATE   (1<<0)

Definition at line 757 of file executor.h.

◆ EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR

#define EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR   (1<<1)

Definition at line 758 of file executor.h.

◆ EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING

#define EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING   (1<<2)

Definition at line 759 of file executor.h.

◆ EvalPlanQualSetSlot

#define EvalPlanQualSetSlot (   epqstate,
  slot 
)    ((epqstate)->origslot = (slot))

Definition at line 290 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_BACKWARD

#define EXEC_FLAG_BACKWARD   0x0008 /* need backward scan */

Definition at line 70 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_GENERIC

#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_GENERIC   0x0002 /* EXPLAIN (GENERIC_PLAN) */

Definition at line 68 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY

#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY   0x0001 /* EXPLAIN, no ANALYZE */

Definition at line 67 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_MARK

#define EXEC_FLAG_MARK   0x0010 /* need mark/restore */

Definition at line 71 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_REWIND

#define EXEC_FLAG_REWIND   0x0004 /* need efficient rescan */

Definition at line 69 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS

#define EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS   0x0020 /* skip AfterTrigger setup */

Definition at line 72 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA

#define EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA   0x0040 /* REFRESH ... WITH NO DATA */

Definition at line 73 of file executor.h.

◆ GetPerTupleExprContext

#define GetPerTupleExprContext (   estate)
Value:
((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext ? \
(estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext : \

Definition at line 667 of file executor.h.

669 : \

◆ GetPerTupleMemoryContext

#define GetPerTupleMemoryContext (   estate)     (GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)

Definition at line 672 of file executor.h.

◆ ResetExprContext

#define ResetExprContext (   econtext)     MemoryContextReset((econtext)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)

Definition at line 661 of file executor.h.

◆ ResetPerTupleExprContext

#define ResetPerTupleExprContext (   estate)
Value:
do { \
if ((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext) \
ResetExprContext((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext); \
} while (0)

Definition at line 676 of file executor.h.

677 { \
678 if ((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext) \
679 ResetExprContext((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext); \
680 } while (0)

Typedef Documentation

◆ ExecScanAccessMtd

typedef TupleTableSlot *(* ExecScanAccessMtd) (ScanState *node)

Definition at line 589 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecScanRecheckMtd

typedef bool(* ExecScanRecheckMtd) (ScanState *node, TupleTableSlot *slot)

Definition at line 590 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type

typedef bool(* ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable, List *rtePermInfos, bool ereport_on_violation)

Definition at line 95 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorEnd_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorEnd_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)

Definition at line 91 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorFinish_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorFinish_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)

Definition at line 87 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorRun_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorRun_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)

Definition at line 81 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorStart_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorStart_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)

Definition at line 77 of file executor.h.

◆ Path

typedef struct Path Path

Definition at line 104 of file executor.h.

◆ TupOutputState

Function Documentation

◆ begin_tup_output_tupdesc()

TupOutputState * begin_tup_output_tupdesc ( DestReceiver dest,
TupleDesc  tupdesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)
extern

Definition at line 2525 of file execTuples.c.

2528{
2530
2532
2533 tstate->slot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, tts_ops);
2534 tstate->dest = dest;
2535
2536 tstate->dest->rStartup(tstate->dest, (int) CMD_SELECT, tupdesc);
2537
2538 return tstate;
2539}
TupleTableSlot * MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleDesc tupdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
#define palloc_object(type)
Definition fe_memutils.h:74
@ CMD_SELECT
Definition nodes.h:275

References CMD_SELECT, fb(), MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), and palloc_object.

Referenced by CreateReplicationSlot(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExecWaitStmt(), ExplainQuery(), IdentifySystem(), ReadReplicationSlot(), SendTablespaceList(), SendXlogRecPtrResult(), ShowAllGUCConfig(), ShowGUCConfigOption(), and StartReplication().

◆ BuildTupleHashTable()

TupleHashTable BuildTupleHashTable ( PlanState parent,
TupleDesc  inputDesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps inputOps,
int  numCols,
AttrNumber keyColIdx,
const Oid eqfuncoids,
FmgrInfo hashfunctions,
Oid collations,
double  nelements,
Size  additionalsize,
MemoryContext  metacxt,
MemoryContext  tuplescxt,
MemoryContext  tempcxt,
bool  use_variable_hash_iv 
)
extern

Definition at line 184 of file execGrouping.c.

198{
199 TupleHashTable hashtable;
200 uint32 nbuckets;
201 MemoryContext oldcontext;
202 uint32 hash_iv = 0;
203
204 /*
205 * tuplehash_create requires a uint32 element count, so we had better
206 * clamp the given nelements to fit in that. As long as we have to do
207 * that, we might as well protect against completely insane input like
208 * zero or NaN. But it is not our job here to enforce issues like staying
209 * within hash_mem: the caller should have done that, and we don't have
210 * enough info to second-guess.
211 */
212 if (isnan(nelements) || nelements <= 0)
213 nbuckets = 1;
214 else if (nelements >= PG_UINT32_MAX)
215 nbuckets = PG_UINT32_MAX;
216 else
217 nbuckets = (uint32) nelements;
218
219 /* tuplescxt must be separate, else ResetTupleHashTable breaks things */
220 Assert(metacxt != tuplescxt);
221
222 /* ensure additionalsize is maxalign'ed */
223 additionalsize = MAXALIGN(additionalsize);
224
225 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(metacxt);
226
228
229 hashtable->numCols = numCols;
230 hashtable->keyColIdx = keyColIdx;
231 hashtable->tab_collations = collations;
232 hashtable->tuplescxt = tuplescxt;
233 hashtable->tempcxt = tempcxt;
234 hashtable->additionalsize = additionalsize;
235 hashtable->tableslot = NULL; /* will be made on first lookup */
236 hashtable->inputslot = NULL;
237 hashtable->in_hash_expr = NULL;
238 hashtable->cur_eq_func = NULL;
239
240 /*
241 * If parallelism is in use, even if the leader backend is performing the
242 * scan itself, we don't want to create the hashtable exactly the same way
243 * in all workers. As hashtables are iterated over in keyspace-order,
244 * doing so in all processes in the same way is likely to lead to
245 * "unbalanced" hashtables when the table size initially is
246 * underestimated.
247 */
250
251 hashtable->hashtab = tuplehash_create(metacxt, nbuckets, hashtable);
252
253 /*
254 * We copy the input tuple descriptor just for safety --- we assume all
255 * input tuples will have equivalent descriptors.
256 */
259
260 /* build hash ExprState for all columns */
262 inputOps,
263 hashfunctions,
264 collations,
265 numCols,
266 keyColIdx,
267 parent,
268 hash_iv);
269
270 /* build comparator for all columns */
272 inputOps,
274 numCols,
275 keyColIdx, eqfuncoids, collations,
276 parent);
277
278 /*
279 * While not pretty, it's ok to not shut down this context, but instead
280 * rely on the containing memory context being reset, as
281 * ExecBuildGroupingEqual() only builds a very simple expression calling
282 * functions (i.e. nothing that'd employ RegisterExprContextCallback()).
283 */
285
286 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
287
288 return hashtable;
289}
int ParallelWorkerNumber
Definition parallel.c:117
#define MAXALIGN(LEN)
Definition c.h:896
#define PG_UINT32_MAX
Definition c.h:674
#define Assert(condition)
Definition c.h:943
uint32_t uint32
Definition c.h:624
ExprState * ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs(TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *ops, FmgrInfo *hashfunctions, Oid *collations, int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx, PlanState *parent, uint32 init_value)
Definition execExpr.c:4168
ExprState * ExecBuildGroupingEqual(TupleDesc ldesc, TupleDesc rdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *lops, const TupleTableSlotOps *rops, int numCols, const AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqfunctions, const Oid *collations, PlanState *parent)
Definition execExpr.c:4494
const TupleTableSlotOps TTSOpsMinimalTuple
Definition execTuples.c:86
ExprContext * CreateStandaloneExprContext(void)
Definition execUtils.c:362
static uint32 murmurhash32(uint32 data)
Definition hashfn.h:92
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition palloc.h:124
AttrNumber * keyColIdx
Definition execnodes.h:908
tuplehash_hash * hashtab
Definition execnodes.h:906
ExprState * in_hash_expr
Definition execnodes.h:918
ExprState * tab_hash_expr
Definition execnodes.h:909
MemoryContext tempcxt
Definition execnodes.h:913
ExprState * tab_eq_func
Definition execnodes.h:910
TupleTableSlot * tableslot
Definition execnodes.h:915
ExprContext * exprcontext
Definition execnodes.h:920
TupleTableSlot * inputslot
Definition execnodes.h:917
ExprState * cur_eq_func
Definition execnodes.h:919
MemoryContext tuplescxt
Definition execnodes.h:912
TupleDesc CreateTupleDescCopy(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition tupdesc.c:242

References TupleHashTableData::additionalsize, Assert, CreateStandaloneExprContext(), CreateTupleDescCopy(), TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, ExecBuildGroupingEqual(), ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs(), TupleHashTableData::exprcontext, fb(), TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, TupleHashTableData::keyColIdx, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MAXALIGN, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), murmurhash32(), TupleHashTableData::numCols, palloc_object, ParallelWorkerNumber, PG_UINT32_MAX, TupleHashTableData::tab_collations, TupleHashTableData::tab_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::tableslot, TupleHashTableData::tempcxt, TTSOpsMinimalTuple, and TupleHashTableData::tuplescxt.

Referenced by build_hash_table(), build_hash_table(), build_hash_table(), and buildSubPlanHash().

◆ check_exclusion_constraint()

void check_exclusion_constraint ( Relation  heap,
Relation  index,
IndexInfo indexInfo,
const ItemPointerData tupleid,
const Datum values,
const bool isnull,
EState estate,
bool  newIndex 
)
extern

Definition at line 971 of file execIndexing.c.

976{
978 values, isnull,
979 estate, newIndex,
980 CEOUC_WAIT, false, NULL);
981}
static Datum values[MAXATTR]
Definition bootstrap.c:190
@ CEOUC_WAIT
static bool check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(Relation heap, Relation index, IndexInfo *indexInfo, const ItemPointerData *tupleid, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull, EState *estate, bool newIndex, CEOUC_WAIT_MODE waitMode, bool violationOK, ItemPointer conflictTid)
Definition type.h:96

References CEOUC_WAIT, check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(), fb(), and values.

Referenced by IndexCheckExclusion(), and unique_key_recheck().

◆ CheckCmdReplicaIdentity()

void CheckCmdReplicaIdentity ( Relation  rel,
CmdType  cmd 
)
extern

Definition at line 1029 of file execReplication.c.

1030{
1032
1033 /*
1034 * Skip checking the replica identity for partitioned tables, because the
1035 * operations are actually performed on the leaf partitions.
1036 */
1037 if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1038 return;
1039
1040 /* We only need to do checks for UPDATE and DELETE. */
1041 if (cmd != CMD_UPDATE && cmd != CMD_DELETE)
1042 return;
1043
1044 /*
1045 * It is only safe to execute UPDATE/DELETE if the relation does not
1046 * publish UPDATEs or DELETEs, or all the following conditions are
1047 * satisfied:
1048 *
1049 * 1. All columns, referenced in the row filters from publications which
1050 * the relation is in, are valid - i.e. when all referenced columns are
1051 * part of REPLICA IDENTITY.
1052 *
1053 * 2. All columns, referenced in the column lists are valid - i.e. when
1054 * all columns referenced in the REPLICA IDENTITY are covered by the
1055 * column list.
1056 *
1057 * 3. All generated columns in REPLICA IDENTITY of the relation, are valid
1058 * - i.e. when all these generated columns are published.
1059 *
1060 * XXX We could optimize it by first checking whether any of the
1061 * publications have a row filter or column list for this relation, or if
1062 * the relation contains a generated column. If none of these exist and
1063 * the relation has replica identity then we can avoid building the
1064 * descriptor but as this happens only one time it doesn't seem worth the
1065 * additional complexity.
1066 */
1068 if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && !pubdesc.rf_valid_for_update)
1069 ereport(ERROR,
1071 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\"",
1073 errdetail("Column used in the publication WHERE expression is not part of the replica identity.")));
1074 else if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && !pubdesc.cols_valid_for_update)
1075 ereport(ERROR,
1077 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\"",
1079 errdetail("Column list used by the publication does not cover the replica identity.")));
1080 else if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && !pubdesc.gencols_valid_for_update)
1081 ereport(ERROR,
1083 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\"",
1085 errdetail("Replica identity must not contain unpublished generated columns.")));
1086 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && !pubdesc.rf_valid_for_delete)
1087 ereport(ERROR,
1089 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\"",
1091 errdetail("Column used in the publication WHERE expression is not part of the replica identity.")));
1092 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && !pubdesc.cols_valid_for_delete)
1093 ereport(ERROR,
1095 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\"",
1097 errdetail("Column list used by the publication does not cover the replica identity.")));
1098 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && !pubdesc.gencols_valid_for_delete)
1099 ereport(ERROR,
1101 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\"",
1103 errdetail("Replica identity must not contain unpublished generated columns.")));
1104
1105 /* If relation has replica identity we are always good. */
1107 return;
1108
1109 /* REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is also good for UPDATE/DELETE. */
1110 if (rel->rd_rel->relreplident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL)
1111 return;
1112
1113 /*
1114 * This is UPDATE/DELETE and there is no replica identity.
1115 *
1116 * Check if the table publishes UPDATES or DELETES.
1117 */
1118 if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && pubdesc.pubactions.pubupdate)
1119 ereport(ERROR,
1121 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\" because it does not have a replica identity and publishes updates",
1123 errhint("To enable updating the table, set REPLICA IDENTITY using ALTER TABLE.")));
1124 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && pubdesc.pubactions.pubdelete)
1125 ereport(ERROR,
1127 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\" because it does not have a replica identity and publishes deletes",
1129 errhint("To enable deleting from the table, set REPLICA IDENTITY using ALTER TABLE.")));
1130}
#define OidIsValid(objectId)
Definition c.h:858
int errcode(int sqlerrcode)
Definition elog.c:874
int errhint(const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(1
int errdetail(const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(1
#define ERROR
Definition elog.h:40
#define ereport(elevel,...)
Definition elog.h:152
@ CMD_DELETE
Definition nodes.h:278
@ CMD_UPDATE
Definition nodes.h:276
static char * errmsg
#define RelationGetRelationName(relation)
Definition rel.h:550
void RelationBuildPublicationDesc(Relation relation, PublicationDesc *pubdesc)
Definition relcache.c:5785
Oid RelationGetReplicaIndex(Relation relation)
Definition relcache.c:5063
Form_pg_class rd_rel
Definition rel.h:111

References CMD_DELETE, CMD_UPDATE, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationBuildPublicationDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetReplicaIndex().

Referenced by CheckValidResultRel(), ExecSimpleRelationDelete(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), and ExecSimpleRelationUpdate().

◆ CheckSubscriptionRelkind()

void CheckSubscriptionRelkind ( char  localrelkind,
char  remoterelkind,
const char nspname,
const char relname 
)
extern

Definition at line 1140 of file execReplication.c.

1142{
1146 ereport(ERROR,
1148 errmsg("cannot use relation \"%s.%s\" as logical replication target",
1149 nspname, relname),
1151
1152 /*
1153 * Allow RELKIND_RELATION and RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE to be treated
1154 * interchangeably, but ensure that sequences (RELKIND_SEQUENCE) match
1155 * exactly on both publisher and subscriber.
1156 */
1159 ereport(ERROR,
1161 /* translator: 3rd and 4th %s are "sequence" or "table" */
1162 errmsg("relation \"%s.%s\" type mismatch: source \"%s\", target \"%s\"",
1163 nspname, relname,
1164 remoterelkind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE ? "sequence" : "table",
1165 localrelkind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE ? "sequence" : "table"));
1166}
int errdetail_relkind_not_supported(char relkind)
Definition pg_class.c:24
NameData relname
Definition pg_class.h:40

References ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), and relname.

Referenced by AlterSubscription_refresh(), apply_handle_tuple_routing(), CreateSubscription(), and logicalrep_rel_open().

◆ CheckValidResultRel()

void CheckValidResultRel ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
CmdType  operation,
OnConflictAction  onConflictAction,
List mergeActions 
)
extern

Definition at line 1065 of file execMain.c.

1067{
1068 Relation resultRel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1069 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine;
1070
1071 /* Expect a fully-formed ResultRelInfo from InitResultRelInfo(). */
1072 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_needLockTagTuple ==
1073 IsInplaceUpdateRelation(resultRel));
1074
1075 switch (resultRel->rd_rel->relkind)
1076 {
1077 case RELKIND_RELATION:
1079
1080 /*
1081 * For MERGE, check that the target relation supports each action.
1082 * For other operations, just check the operation itself.
1083 */
1084 if (operation == CMD_MERGE)
1086 CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(resultRel, action->commandType);
1087 else
1089
1090 /*
1091 * For INSERT ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE, additionally check that the
1092 * target relation supports UPDATE.
1093 */
1094 if (onConflictAction == ONCONFLICT_UPDATE)
1096 break;
1097 case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
1098 ereport(ERROR,
1100 errmsg("cannot change sequence \"%s\"",
1101 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1102 break;
1103 case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
1104 ereport(ERROR,
1106 errmsg("cannot change TOAST relation \"%s\"",
1107 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1108 break;
1109 case RELKIND_VIEW:
1110
1111 /*
1112 * Okay only if there's a suitable INSTEAD OF trigger. Otherwise,
1113 * complain, but omit errdetail because we haven't got the
1114 * information handy (and given that it really shouldn't happen,
1115 * it's not worth great exertion to get).
1116 */
1119 NULL);
1120 break;
1121 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
1123 ereport(ERROR,
1125 errmsg("cannot change materialized view \"%s\"",
1126 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1127 break;
1129 /* Okay only if the FDW supports it */
1130 fdwroutine = resultRelInfo->ri_FdwRoutine;
1131 switch (operation)
1132 {
1133 case CMD_INSERT:
1134 if (fdwroutine->ExecForeignInsert == NULL)
1135 ereport(ERROR,
1137 errmsg("cannot insert into foreign table \"%s\"",
1138 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1139 if (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable != NULL &&
1140 (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable(resultRel) & (1 << CMD_INSERT)) == 0)
1141 ereport(ERROR,
1143 errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not allow inserts",
1144 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1145 break;
1146 case CMD_UPDATE:
1147 if (fdwroutine->ExecForeignUpdate == NULL)
1148 ereport(ERROR,
1150 errmsg("cannot update foreign table \"%s\"",
1151 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1152 if (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable != NULL &&
1153 (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable(resultRel) & (1 << CMD_UPDATE)) == 0)
1154 ereport(ERROR,
1156 errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not allow updates",
1157 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1158 break;
1159 case CMD_DELETE:
1160 if (fdwroutine->ExecForeignDelete == NULL)
1161 ereport(ERROR,
1163 errmsg("cannot delete from foreign table \"%s\"",
1164 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1165 if (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable != NULL &&
1166 (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable(resultRel) & (1 << CMD_DELETE)) == 0)
1167 ereport(ERROR,
1169 errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not allow deletes",
1170 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1171 break;
1172 default:
1173 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized CmdType: %d", (int) operation);
1174 break;
1175 }
1176 break;
1177 case RELKIND_PROPGRAPH:
1178 ereport(ERROR,
1180 errmsg("cannot change property graph \"%s\"",
1181 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1182 break;
1183 default:
1184 ereport(ERROR,
1186 errmsg("cannot change relation \"%s\"",
1187 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1188 break;
1189 }
1190}
bool IsInplaceUpdateRelation(Relation relation)
Definition catalog.c:183
static DataChecksumsWorkerOperation operation
#define elog(elevel,...)
Definition elog.h:228
void CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, CmdType cmd)
bool MatViewIncrementalMaintenanceIsEnabled(void)
Definition matview.c:953
@ ONCONFLICT_UPDATE
Definition nodes.h:430
@ CMD_MERGE
Definition nodes.h:279
@ CMD_INSERT
Definition nodes.h:277
#define foreach_node(type, var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:528
bool view_has_instead_trigger(Relation view, CmdType event, List *mergeActionList)
void error_view_not_updatable(Relation view, CmdType command, List *mergeActionList, const char *detail)
ExecForeignInsert_function ExecForeignInsert
Definition fdwapi.h:236
ExecForeignUpdate_function ExecForeignUpdate
Definition fdwapi.h:239
ExecForeignDelete_function ExecForeignDelete
Definition fdwapi.h:240
IsForeignRelUpdatable_function IsForeignRelUpdatable
Definition fdwapi.h:244
bool ri_needLockTagTuple
Definition execnodes.h:545
Relation ri_RelationDesc
Definition execnodes.h:513
struct FdwRoutine * ri_FdwRoutine
Definition execnodes.h:566

References Assert, CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_MERGE, CMD_UPDATE, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, error_view_not_updatable(), FdwRoutine::ExecForeignDelete, FdwRoutine::ExecForeignInsert, FdwRoutine::ExecForeignUpdate, fb(), foreach_node, FdwRoutine::IsForeignRelUpdatable, IsInplaceUpdateRelation(), MatViewIncrementalMaintenanceIsEnabled(), ONCONFLICT_UPDATE, operation, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, ResultRelInfo::ri_FdwRoutine, ResultRelInfo::ri_needLockTagTuple, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and view_has_instead_trigger().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecFindPartition(), ExecInitModifyTable(), and ExecInitPartitionInfo().

◆ CreateExecutorState()

EState * CreateExecutorState ( void  )
extern

Definition at line 90 of file execUtils.c.

91{
92 EState *estate;
93 MemoryContext qcontext;
94 MemoryContext oldcontext;
95
96 /*
97 * Create the per-query context for this Executor run.
98 */
100 "ExecutorState",
102
103 /*
104 * Make the EState node within the per-query context. This way, we don't
105 * need a separate pfree() operation for it at shutdown.
106 */
107 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(qcontext);
108
109 estate = makeNode(EState);
110
111 /*
112 * Initialize all fields of the Executor State structure
113 */
115 estate->es_snapshot = InvalidSnapshot; /* caller must initialize this */
116 estate->es_crosscheck_snapshot = InvalidSnapshot; /* no crosscheck */
117 estate->es_range_table = NIL;
118 estate->es_range_table_size = 0;
119 estate->es_relations = NULL;
120 estate->es_rowmarks = NULL;
121 estate->es_rteperminfos = NIL;
122 estate->es_plannedstmt = NULL;
123 estate->es_part_prune_infos = NIL;
124 estate->es_part_prune_states = NIL;
125 estate->es_part_prune_results = NIL;
126 estate->es_unpruned_relids = NULL;
127
128 estate->es_junkFilter = NULL;
129
130 estate->es_output_cid = (CommandId) 0;
131
132 estate->es_result_relations = NULL;
136
139
140 estate->es_param_list_info = NULL;
141 estate->es_param_exec_vals = NULL;
142
143 estate->es_queryEnv = NULL;
144
145 estate->es_query_cxt = qcontext;
146
147 estate->es_tupleTable = NIL;
148
149 estate->es_processed = 0;
150 estate->es_total_processed = 0;
151
152 estate->es_top_eflags = 0;
153 estate->es_instrument = 0;
154 estate->es_finished = false;
155
156 estate->es_exprcontexts = NIL;
157
158 estate->es_subplanstates = NIL;
159
160 estate->es_auxmodifytables = NIL;
161
163
164 estate->es_sourceText = NULL;
165
166 estate->es_use_parallel_mode = false;
169
170 estate->es_jit_flags = 0;
171 estate->es_jit = NULL;
172
173 /*
174 * Return the executor state structure
175 */
176 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
177
178 return estate;
179}
uint32 CommandId
Definition c.h:750
MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext
Definition mcxt.c:160
#define AllocSetContextCreate
Definition memutils.h:129
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES
Definition memutils.h:160
#define makeNode(_type_)
Definition nodes.h:161
#define NIL
Definition pg_list.h:68
@ ForwardScanDirection
Definition sdir.h:28
#define InvalidSnapshot
Definition snapshot.h:119
uint64 es_processed
Definition execnodes.h:750
List * es_part_prune_infos
Definition execnodes.h:706
int es_parallel_workers_to_launch
Definition execnodes.h:782
List * es_tuple_routing_result_relations
Definition execnodes.h:734
int es_top_eflags
Definition execnodes.h:755
struct JitContext * es_jit
Definition execnodes.h:800
int es_instrument
Definition execnodes.h:756
PlannedStmt * es_plannedstmt
Definition execnodes.h:705
QueryEnvironment * es_queryEnv
Definition execnodes.h:743
ResultRelInfo ** es_result_relations
Definition execnodes.h:721
ParamExecData * es_param_exec_vals
Definition execnodes.h:741
uint64 es_total_processed
Definition execnodes.h:752
List * es_range_table
Definition execnodes.h:698
List * es_rteperminfos
Definition execnodes.h:704
Bitmapset * es_unpruned_relids
Definition execnodes.h:709
List * es_part_prune_states
Definition execnodes.h:707
List * es_exprcontexts
Definition execnodes.h:759
ParamListInfo es_param_list_info
Definition execnodes.h:740
ExecRowMark ** es_rowmarks
Definition execnodes.h:702
bool es_finished
Definition execnodes.h:757
List * es_insert_pending_result_relations
Definition execnodes.h:807
MemoryContext es_query_cxt
Definition execnodes.h:746
List * es_tupleTable
Definition execnodes.h:748
ScanDirection es_direction
Definition execnodes.h:695
List * es_trig_target_relations
Definition execnodes.h:737
int es_jit_flags
Definition execnodes.h:799
List * es_opened_result_relations
Definition execnodes.h:724
bool es_use_parallel_mode
Definition execnodes.h:780
Relation * es_relations
Definition execnodes.h:700
List * es_subplanstates
Definition execnodes.h:761
ExprContext * es_per_tuple_exprcontext
Definition execnodes.h:770
int es_parallel_workers_launched
Definition execnodes.h:784
CommandId es_output_cid
Definition execnodes.h:718
Index es_range_table_size
Definition execnodes.h:699
List * es_insert_pending_modifytables
Definition execnodes.h:808
const char * es_sourceText
Definition execnodes.h:713
Snapshot es_snapshot
Definition execnodes.h:696
List * es_auxmodifytables
Definition execnodes.h:763
JunkFilter * es_junkFilter
Definition execnodes.h:715
List * es_part_prune_results
Definition execnodes.h:708
Snapshot es_crosscheck_snapshot
Definition execnodes.h:697

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, CurrentMemoryContext, EState::es_auxmodifytables, EState::es_crosscheck_snapshot, EState::es_direction, EState::es_exprcontexts, EState::es_finished, EState::es_insert_pending_modifytables, EState::es_insert_pending_result_relations, EState::es_instrument, EState::es_jit, EState::es_jit_flags, EState::es_junkFilter, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_output_cid, EState::es_parallel_workers_launched, EState::es_parallel_workers_to_launch, EState::es_param_exec_vals, EState::es_param_list_info, EState::es_part_prune_infos, EState::es_part_prune_results, EState::es_part_prune_states, EState::es_per_tuple_exprcontext, EState::es_plannedstmt, EState::es_processed, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_queryEnv, EState::es_range_table, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_relations, EState::es_result_relations, EState::es_rowmarks, EState::es_rteperminfos, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_sourceText, EState::es_subplanstates, EState::es_top_eflags, EState::es_total_processed, EState::es_trig_target_relations, EState::es_tuple_routing_result_relations, EState::es_tupleTable, EState::es_unpruned_relids, EState::es_use_parallel_mode, fb(), ForwardScanDirection, InvalidSnapshot, makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and NIL.

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATRewriteTable(), check_default_partition_contents(), compute_expr_stats(), compute_index_stats(), CopyFrom(), create_edata_for_relation(), create_estate_for_relation(), EvalPlanQualStart(), evaluate_expr(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExecuteQuery(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), ExplainExecuteQuery(), fileIterateForeignScan(), get_qual_for_range(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), initialize_change_context(), make_build_data(), MergePartitionsMoveRows(), operator_predicate_proof(), plpgsql_create_econtext(), plpgsql_inline_handler(), SplitPartitionMoveRows(), standard_ExecutorStart(), tuplesort_begin_cluster(), unique_key_recheck(), and validateDomainCheckConstraint().

◆ CreateExprContext()

ExprContext * CreateExprContext ( EState estate)
extern

Definition at line 312 of file execUtils.c.

313{
315}
static ExprContext * CreateExprContextInternal(EState *estate, Size minContextSize, Size initBlockSize, Size maxBlockSize)
Definition execUtils.c:242

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, and CreateExprContextInternal().

Referenced by CreatePartitionPruneState(), ExecAssignExprContext(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitSubPlan(), ExecuteCallStmt(), MakePerTupleExprContext(), and plpgsql_create_econtext().

◆ CreateStandaloneExprContext()

ExprContext * CreateStandaloneExprContext ( void  )
extern

Definition at line 362 of file execUtils.c.

363{
364 ExprContext *econtext;
365
366 /* Create the ExprContext node within the caller's memory context */
367 econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
368
369 /* Initialize fields of ExprContext */
370 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = NULL;
371 econtext->ecxt_innertuple = NULL;
372 econtext->ecxt_outertuple = NULL;
373
375
376 /*
377 * Create working memory for expression evaluation in this context.
378 */
379 econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory =
381 "ExprContext",
383
384 econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals = NULL;
385 econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = NULL;
386
387 econtext->ecxt_aggvalues = NULL;
388 econtext->ecxt_aggnulls = NULL;
389
390 econtext->caseValue_datum = (Datum) 0;
391 econtext->caseValue_isNull = true;
392
393 econtext->domainValue_datum = (Datum) 0;
394 econtext->domainValue_isNull = true;
395
396 econtext->ecxt_estate = NULL;
397
398 econtext->ecxt_callbacks = NULL;
399
400 return econtext;
401}
Datum domainValue_datum
Definition execnodes.h:318
ParamListInfo ecxt_param_list_info
Definition execnodes.h:299
MemoryContext ecxt_per_tuple_memory
Definition execnodes.h:295
TupleTableSlot * ecxt_innertuple
Definition execnodes.h:289
ParamExecData * ecxt_param_exec_vals
Definition execnodes.h:298
Datum * ecxt_aggvalues
Definition execnodes.h:306
bool caseValue_isNull
Definition execnodes.h:314
TupleTableSlot * ecxt_scantuple
Definition execnodes.h:287
Datum caseValue_datum
Definition execnodes.h:312
bool * ecxt_aggnulls
Definition execnodes.h:308
MemoryContext ecxt_per_query_memory
Definition execnodes.h:294
ExprContext_CB * ecxt_callbacks
Definition execnodes.h:332
bool domainValue_isNull
Definition execnodes.h:320
struct EState * ecxt_estate
Definition execnodes.h:329
TupleTableSlot * ecxt_outertuple
Definition execnodes.h:291

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, ExprContext::caseValue_datum, ExprContext::caseValue_isNull, CurrentMemoryContext, ExprContext::domainValue_datum, ExprContext::domainValue_isNull, ExprContext::ecxt_aggnulls, ExprContext::ecxt_aggvalues, ExprContext::ecxt_callbacks, ExprContext::ecxt_estate, ExprContext::ecxt_innertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_outertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_param_exec_vals, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, fb(), and makeNode.

Referenced by BuildTupleHashTable(), domain_check_input(), and hypothetical_dense_rank_final().

◆ CreateWorkExprContext()

ExprContext * CreateWorkExprContext ( EState estate)
extern

Definition at line 327 of file execUtils.c.

328{
329 Size maxBlockSize;
330
331 maxBlockSize = pg_prevpower2_size_t(work_mem * (Size) 1024 / 16);
332
333 /* But no bigger than ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE */
334 maxBlockSize = Min(maxBlockSize, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
335
336 /* and no smaller than ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE */
337 maxBlockSize = Max(maxBlockSize, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE);
338
340 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE, maxBlockSize);
341}
#define Min(x, y)
Definition c.h:1091
#define Max(x, y)
Definition c.h:1085
size_t Size
Definition c.h:689
int work_mem
Definition globals.c:133
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE
Definition memutils.h:159
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE
Definition memutils.h:157
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE
Definition memutils.h:158
#define pg_prevpower2_size_t

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE, CreateExprContextInternal(), Max, Min, pg_prevpower2_size_t, and work_mem.

Referenced by hash_create_memory().

◆ do_text_output_multiline()

void do_text_output_multiline ( TupOutputState tstate,
const char txt 
)
extern

Definition at line 2573 of file execTuples.c.

2574{
2575 Datum values[1];
2576 bool isnull[1] = {false};
2577
2578 while (*txt)
2579 {
2580 const char *eol;
2581 int len;
2582
2583 eol = strchr(txt, '\n');
2584 if (eol)
2585 {
2586 len = eol - txt;
2587 eol++;
2588 }
2589 else
2590 {
2591 len = strlen(txt);
2592 eol = txt + len;
2593 }
2594
2596 do_tup_output(tstate, values, isnull);
2598 txt = eol;
2599 }
2600}
void do_tup_output(TupOutputState *tstate, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull)
void pfree(void *pointer)
Definition mcxt.c:1616
const void size_t len
text * cstring_to_text_with_len(const char *s, int len)
Definition varlena.c:196

References cstring_to_text_with_len(), DatumGetPointer(), do_tup_output(), fb(), len, pfree(), PointerGetDatum(), and values.

Referenced by ExplainQuery().

◆ do_tup_output()

void do_tup_output ( TupOutputState tstate,
const Datum values,
const bool isnull 
)
extern

Definition at line 2545 of file execTuples.c.

2546{
2547 TupleTableSlot *slot = tstate->slot;
2548 int natts = slot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts;
2549
2550 /* make sure the slot is clear */
2551 ExecClearTuple(slot);
2552
2553 /* insert data */
2554 memcpy(slot->tts_values, values, natts * sizeof(Datum));
2555 memcpy(slot->tts_isnull, isnull, natts * sizeof(bool));
2556
2557 /* mark slot as containing a virtual tuple */
2559
2560 /* send the tuple to the receiver */
2561 (void) tstate->dest->receiveSlot(slot, tstate->dest);
2562
2563 /* clean up */
2564 ExecClearTuple(slot);
2565}
memcpy(sums, checksumBaseOffsets, sizeof(checksumBaseOffsets))
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreVirtualTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
TupleDesc tts_tupleDescriptor
Definition tuptable.h:129
bool * tts_isnull
Definition tuptable.h:133
Datum * tts_values
Definition tuptable.h:131
static TupleTableSlot * ExecClearTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition tuptable.h:476

References ExecClearTuple(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), fb(), memcpy(), TupleDescData::natts, TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_tupleDescriptor, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, and values.

Referenced by CreateReplicationSlot(), do_text_output_multiline(), IdentifySystem(), ReadReplicationSlot(), SendTablespaceList(), SendXlogRecPtrResult(), ShowAllGUCConfig(), and StartReplication().

◆ end_tup_output()

void end_tup_output ( TupOutputState tstate)
extern

Definition at line 2603 of file execTuples.c.

2604{
2605 tstate->dest->rShutdown(tstate->dest);
2606 /* note that destroying the dest is not ours to do */
2608 pfree(tstate);
2609}
void ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleTableSlot *slot)

References ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), fb(), and pfree().

Referenced by CreateReplicationSlot(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExecWaitStmt(), ExplainQuery(), IdentifySystem(), ReadReplicationSlot(), SendTablespaceList(), SendXlogRecPtrResult(), ShowAllGUCConfig(), ShowGUCConfigOption(), and StartReplication().

◆ EstimateTupleHashTableSpace()

Size EstimateTupleHashTableSpace ( double  nentries,
Size  tupleWidth,
Size  additionalsize 
)
extern

Definition at line 321 of file execGrouping.c.

324{
326 double tuples_space;
327
328 /* First estimate the space needed for the simplehash table */
330
331 /* Give up if that's already too big */
332 if (sh_space >= SIZE_MAX)
333 return sh_space;
334
335 /*
336 * Compute space needed for hashed tuples with additional data. nentries
337 * must be somewhat sane, so it should be safe to compute this product.
338 *
339 * We assume that the hashed tuples will be kept in a BumpContext so that
340 * there is not additional per-tuple overhead.
341 *
342 * (Note that this is only accurate if MEMORY_CONTEXT_CHECKING is off,
343 * else bump.c will add a MemoryChunk header to each tuple. However, it
344 * seems undesirable for debug builds to make different planning choices
345 * than production builds, so we assume the production behavior always.)
346 */
349 MAXALIGN(additionalsize));
350
351 /*
352 * Check for size_t overflow. This coding is trickier than it may appear,
353 * because on 64-bit machines SIZE_MAX cannot be represented exactly as a
354 * double. We must cast it explicitly to suppress compiler warnings about
355 * an inexact conversion, and we must trust that any double value that
356 * compares strictly less than "(double) SIZE_MAX" will cast to a
357 * representable size_t value.
358 */
359 if (sh_space + tuples_space >= (double) SIZE_MAX)
360 return SIZE_MAX;
361
362 /* We don't bother estimating size of the miscellaneous overhead data */
363 return (Size) (sh_space + tuples_space);
364}
#define SizeofMinimalTupleHeader

References fb(), MAXALIGN, and SizeofMinimalTupleHeader.

Referenced by EstimateSetOpHashTableSpace(), and EstimateSubplanHashTableSpace().

◆ EvalPlanQual()

TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQual ( EPQState epqstate,
Relation  relation,
Index  rti,
TupleTableSlot inputslot 
)
extern

Definition at line 2678 of file execMain.c.

2680{
2681 TupleTableSlot *slot;
2683
2684 Assert(rti > 0);
2685
2686 /*
2687 * Need to run a recheck subquery. Initialize or reinitialize EPQ state.
2688 */
2689 EvalPlanQualBegin(epqstate);
2690
2691 /*
2692 * Callers will often use the EvalPlanQualSlot to store the tuple to avoid
2693 * an unnecessary copy.
2694 */
2695 testslot = EvalPlanQualSlot(epqstate, relation, rti);
2696 if (testslot != inputslot)
2697 ExecCopySlot(testslot, inputslot);
2698
2699 /*
2700 * Mark that an EPQ tuple is available for this relation. (If there is
2701 * more than one result relation, the others remain marked as having no
2702 * tuple available.)
2703 */
2704 epqstate->relsubs_done[rti - 1] = false;
2705 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[rti - 1] = false;
2706
2707 /*
2708 * Run the EPQ query. We assume it will return at most one tuple.
2709 */
2710 slot = EvalPlanQualNext(epqstate);
2711
2712 /*
2713 * If we got a tuple, force the slot to materialize the tuple so that it
2714 * is not dependent on any local state in the EPQ query (in particular,
2715 * it's highly likely that the slot contains references to any pass-by-ref
2716 * datums that may be present in copyTuple). As with the next step, this
2717 * is to guard against early re-use of the EPQ query.
2718 */
2719 if (!TupIsNull(slot))
2720 ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
2721
2722 /*
2723 * Clear out the test tuple, and mark that no tuple is available here.
2724 * This is needed in case the EPQ state is re-used to test a tuple for a
2725 * different target relation.
2726 */
2728 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[rti - 1] = true;
2729
2730 return slot;
2731}
TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualSlot(EPQState *epqstate, Relation relation, Index rti)
Definition execMain.c:2805
void EvalPlanQualBegin(EPQState *epqstate)
Definition execMain.c:2960
TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualNext(EPQState *epqstate)
Definition execMain.c:2944
bool * relsubs_blocked
Definition execnodes.h:1394
bool * relsubs_done
Definition execnodes.h:1385
#define TupIsNull(slot)
Definition tuptable.h:325
static TupleTableSlot * ExecCopySlot(TupleTableSlot *dstslot, TupleTableSlot *srcslot)
Definition tuptable.h:543
static void ExecMaterializeSlot(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition tuptable.h:494

References Assert, EvalPlanQualBegin(), EvalPlanQualNext(), EvalPlanQualSlot(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecCopySlot(), ExecMaterializeSlot(), fb(), EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, and TupIsNull.

Referenced by ExecDelete(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecUpdate(), and GetTupleForTrigger().

◆ EvalPlanQualBegin()

void EvalPlanQualBegin ( EPQState epqstate)
extern

Definition at line 2960 of file execMain.c.

2961{
2962 EState *parentestate = epqstate->parentestate;
2963 EState *recheckestate = epqstate->recheckestate;
2964
2965 if (recheckestate == NULL)
2966 {
2967 /* First time through, so create a child EState */
2968 EvalPlanQualStart(epqstate, epqstate->plan);
2969 }
2970 else
2971 {
2972 /*
2973 * We already have a suitable child EPQ tree, so just reset it.
2974 */
2975 Index rtsize = parentestate->es_range_table_size;
2977
2978 /*
2979 * Reset the relsubs_done[] flags to equal relsubs_blocked[], so that
2980 * the EPQ run will never attempt to fetch tuples from blocked target
2981 * relations.
2982 */
2983 memcpy(epqstate->relsubs_done, epqstate->relsubs_blocked,
2984 rtsize * sizeof(bool));
2985
2986 /* Recopy current values of parent parameters */
2987 if (parentestate->es_plannedstmt->paramExecTypes != NIL)
2988 {
2989 int i;
2990
2991 /*
2992 * Force evaluation of any InitPlan outputs that could be needed
2993 * by the subplan, just in case they got reset since
2994 * EvalPlanQualStart (see comments therein).
2995 */
2996 ExecSetParamPlanMulti(rcplanstate->plan->extParam,
2997 GetPerTupleExprContext(parentestate));
2998
2999 i = list_length(parentestate->es_plannedstmt->paramExecTypes);
3000
3001 while (--i >= 0)
3002 {
3003 /* copy value if any, but not execPlan link */
3004 recheckestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].value =
3005 parentestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].value;
3006 recheckestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].isnull =
3007 parentestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].isnull;
3008 }
3009 }
3010
3011 /*
3012 * Mark child plan tree as needing rescan at all scan nodes. The
3013 * first ExecProcNode will take care of actually doing the rescan.
3014 */
3015 rcplanstate->chgParam = bms_add_member(rcplanstate->chgParam,
3016 epqstate->epqParam);
3017 }
3018}
Bitmapset * bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:799
unsigned int Index
Definition c.h:698
static void EvalPlanQualStart(EPQState *epqstate, Plan *planTree)
Definition execMain.c:3027
#define GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)
Definition executor.h:667
int i
Definition isn.c:77
void ExecSetParamPlanMulti(const Bitmapset *params, ExprContext *econtext)
static int list_length(const List *l)
Definition pg_list.h:152
Plan * plan
Definition execnodes.h:1357
int epqParam
Definition execnodes.h:1340
EState * parentestate
Definition execnodes.h:1339
EState * recheckestate
Definition execnodes.h:1371
PlanState * recheckplanstate
Definition execnodes.h:1396
bool isnull
Definition params.h:149
Datum value
Definition params.h:148
List * paramExecTypes
Definition plannodes.h:150

References bms_add_member(), EPQState::epqParam, EState::es_param_exec_vals, EState::es_plannedstmt, EState::es_range_table_size, EvalPlanQualStart(), ExecSetParamPlanMulti(), fb(), GetPerTupleExprContext, i, ParamExecData::isnull, list_length(), memcpy(), NIL, PlannedStmt::paramExecTypes, EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::plan, EPQState::recheckestate, EPQState::recheckplanstate, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, and ParamExecData::value.

Referenced by EvalPlanQual(), ExecDelete(), and ExecLockRows().

◆ EvalPlanQualEnd()

void EvalPlanQualEnd ( EPQState epqstate)
extern

Definition at line 3208 of file execMain.c.

3209{
3210 EState *estate = epqstate->recheckestate;
3211 Index rtsize;
3212 MemoryContext oldcontext;
3213 ListCell *l;
3214
3216
3217 /*
3218 * We may have a tuple table, even if EPQ wasn't started, because we allow
3219 * use of EvalPlanQualSlot() without calling EvalPlanQualBegin().
3220 */
3221 if (epqstate->tuple_table != NIL)
3222 {
3223 memset(epqstate->relsubs_slot, 0,
3224 rtsize * sizeof(TupleTableSlot *));
3225 ExecResetTupleTable(epqstate->tuple_table, true);
3226 epqstate->tuple_table = NIL;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* EPQ wasn't started, nothing further to do */
3230 if (estate == NULL)
3231 return;
3232
3233 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
3234
3235 ExecEndNode(epqstate->recheckplanstate);
3236
3237 foreach(l, estate->es_subplanstates)
3238 {
3240
3242 }
3243
3244 /* throw away the per-estate tuple table, some node may have used it */
3245 ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
3246
3247 /* Close any result and trigger target relations attached to this EState */
3249
3250 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
3251
3252 /*
3253 * NULLify the partition directory before freeing the executor state.
3254 * Since EvalPlanQualStart() just borrowed the parent EState's directory,
3255 * we'd better leave it up to the parent to delete it.
3256 */
3257 estate->es_partition_directory = NULL;
3258
3259 FreeExecutorState(estate);
3260
3261 /* Mark EPQState idle */
3262 epqstate->origslot = NULL;
3263 epqstate->recheckestate = NULL;
3264 epqstate->recheckplanstate = NULL;
3265 epqstate->relsubs_rowmark = NULL;
3266 epqstate->relsubs_done = NULL;
3267 epqstate->relsubs_blocked = NULL;
3268}
void ExecCloseResultRelations(EState *estate)
Definition execMain.c:1604
void ExecEndNode(PlanState *node)
void ExecResetTupleTable(List *tupleTable, bool shouldFree)
void FreeExecutorState(EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:197
#define lfirst(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:172
ExecAuxRowMark ** relsubs_rowmark
Definition execnodes.h:1378
TupleTableSlot * origslot
Definition execnodes.h:1366
TupleTableSlot ** relsubs_slot
Definition execnodes.h:1350
List * tuple_table
Definition execnodes.h:1349
PartitionDirectory es_partition_directory
Definition execnodes.h:728

References EState::es_partition_directory, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_subplanstates, EState::es_tupleTable, ExecCloseResultRelations(), ExecEndNode(), ExecResetTupleTable(), fb(), FreeExecutorState(), lfirst, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, EPQState::origslot, EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::recheckestate, EPQState::recheckplanstate, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, EPQState::relsubs_rowmark, EPQState::relsubs_slot, and EPQState::tuple_table.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete_internal(), apply_handle_tuple_routing(), apply_handle_update_internal(), EvalPlanQualSetPlan(), ExecEndLockRows(), ExecEndModifyTable(), and ExecLockRows().

◆ EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark()

bool EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark ( EPQState epqstate,
Index  rti,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 2833 of file execMain.c.

2834{
2835 ExecAuxRowMark *earm = epqstate->relsubs_rowmark[rti - 1];
2837 Datum datum;
2838 bool isNull;
2839
2840 Assert(earm != NULL);
2841 Assert(epqstate->origslot != NULL);
2842
2843 erm = earm->rowmark;
2844
2845 if (RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock(erm->markType))
2846 elog(ERROR, "EvalPlanQual doesn't support locking rowmarks");
2847
2848 /* if child rel, must check whether it produced this row */
2849 if (erm->rti != erm->prti)
2850 {
2851 Oid tableoid;
2852
2853 datum = ExecGetJunkAttribute(epqstate->origslot,
2854 earm->toidAttNo,
2855 &isNull);
2856 /* non-locked rels could be on the inside of outer joins */
2857 if (isNull)
2858 return false;
2859
2860 tableoid = DatumGetObjectId(datum);
2861
2862 Assert(OidIsValid(erm->relid));
2863 if (tableoid != erm->relid)
2864 {
2865 /* this child is inactive right now */
2866 return false;
2867 }
2868 }
2869
2870 if (erm->markType == ROW_MARK_REFERENCE)
2871 {
2872 Assert(erm->relation != NULL);
2873
2874 /* fetch the tuple's ctid */
2875 datum = ExecGetJunkAttribute(epqstate->origslot,
2876 earm->ctidAttNo,
2877 &isNull);
2878 /* non-locked rels could be on the inside of outer joins */
2879 if (isNull)
2880 return false;
2881
2882 /* fetch requests on foreign tables must be passed to their FDW */
2883 if (erm->relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2884 {
2885 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine;
2886 bool updated = false;
2887
2888 fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineForRelation(erm->relation, false);
2889 /* this should have been checked already, but let's be safe */
2890 if (fdwroutine->RefetchForeignRow == NULL)
2891 ereport(ERROR,
2893 errmsg("cannot lock rows in foreign table \"%s\"",
2894 RelationGetRelationName(erm->relation))));
2895
2896 fdwroutine->RefetchForeignRow(epqstate->recheckestate,
2897 erm,
2898 datum,
2899 slot,
2900 &updated);
2901 if (TupIsNull(slot))
2902 elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for EvalPlanQual recheck");
2903
2904 /*
2905 * Ideally we'd insist on updated == false here, but that assumes
2906 * that FDWs can track that exactly, which they might not be able
2907 * to. So just ignore the flag.
2908 */
2909 return true;
2910 }
2911 else
2912 {
2913 /* ordinary table, fetch the tuple */
2914 if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(erm->relation,
2916 SnapshotAny, slot))
2917 elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for EvalPlanQual recheck");
2918 return true;
2919 }
2920 }
2921 else
2922 {
2923 Assert(erm->markType == ROW_MARK_COPY);
2924
2925 /* fetch the whole-row Var for the relation */
2926 datum = ExecGetJunkAttribute(epqstate->origslot,
2927 earm->wholeAttNo,
2928 &isNull);
2929 /* non-locked rels could be on the inside of outer joins */
2930 if (isNull)
2931 return false;
2932
2933 ExecStoreHeapTupleDatum(datum, slot);
2934 return true;
2935 }
2936}
void ExecStoreHeapTupleDatum(Datum data, TupleTableSlot *slot)
static Datum ExecGetJunkAttribute(TupleTableSlot *slot, AttrNumber attno, bool *isNull)
Definition executor.h:226
FdwRoutine * GetFdwRoutineForRelation(Relation relation, bool makecopy)
Definition foreign.c:474
#define RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock(marktype)
Definition plannodes.h:1565
@ ROW_MARK_COPY
Definition plannodes.h:1562
@ ROW_MARK_REFERENCE
Definition plannodes.h:1561
static Oid DatumGetObjectId(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:242
unsigned int Oid
#define SnapshotAny
Definition snapmgr.h:33
RefetchForeignRow_function RefetchForeignRow
Definition fdwapi.h:252
static bool table_tuple_fetch_row_version(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition tableam.h:1344

References Assert, DatumGetObjectId(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecGetJunkAttribute(), ExecStoreHeapTupleDatum(), fb(), GetFdwRoutineForRelation(), OidIsValid, EPQState::origslot, EPQState::recheckestate, FdwRoutine::RefetchForeignRow, RelationGetRelationName, EPQState::relsubs_rowmark, ROW_MARK_COPY, ROW_MARK_REFERENCE, RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock, SnapshotAny, table_tuple_fetch_row_version(), and TupIsNull.

Referenced by ExecScanFetch().

◆ EvalPlanQualInit()

void EvalPlanQualInit ( EPQState epqstate,
EState parentestate,
Plan subplan,
List auxrowmarks,
int  epqParam,
List resultRelations 
)
extern

Definition at line 2747 of file execMain.c.

2750{
2751 Index rtsize = parentestate->es_range_table_size;
2752
2753 /* initialize data not changing over EPQState's lifetime */
2754 epqstate->parentestate = parentestate;
2755 epqstate->epqParam = epqParam;
2756 epqstate->resultRelations = resultRelations;
2757
2758 /*
2759 * Allocate space to reference a slot for each potential rti - do so now
2760 * rather than in EvalPlanQualBegin(), as done for other dynamically
2761 * allocated resources, so EvalPlanQualSlot() can be used to hold tuples
2762 * that *may* need EPQ later, without forcing the overhead of
2763 * EvalPlanQualBegin().
2764 */
2765 epqstate->tuple_table = NIL;
2767
2768 /* ... and remember data that EvalPlanQualBegin will need */
2769 epqstate->plan = subplan;
2770 epqstate->arowMarks = auxrowmarks;
2771
2772 /* ... and mark the EPQ state inactive */
2773 epqstate->origslot = NULL;
2774 epqstate->recheckestate = NULL;
2775 epqstate->recheckplanstate = NULL;
2776 epqstate->relsubs_rowmark = NULL;
2777 epqstate->relsubs_done = NULL;
2778 epqstate->relsubs_blocked = NULL;
2779}
#define palloc0_array(type, count)
Definition fe_memutils.h:77
List * resultRelations
Definition execnodes.h:1341
List * arowMarks
Definition execnodes.h:1358

References EPQState::arowMarks, EPQState::epqParam, EState::es_range_table_size, fb(), NIL, EPQState::origslot, palloc0_array, EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::plan, EPQState::recheckestate, EPQState::recheckplanstate, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, EPQState::relsubs_rowmark, EPQState::relsubs_slot, EPQState::resultRelations, and EPQState::tuple_table.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete_internal(), apply_handle_tuple_routing(), apply_handle_update_internal(), ExecInitLockRows(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ EvalPlanQualNext()

TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualNext ( EPQState epqstate)
extern

Definition at line 2944 of file execMain.c.

2945{
2946 MemoryContext oldcontext;
2947 TupleTableSlot *slot;
2948
2949 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(epqstate->recheckestate->es_query_cxt);
2950 slot = ExecProcNode(epqstate->recheckplanstate);
2951 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
2952
2953 return slot;
2954}
static TupleTableSlot * ExecProcNode(PlanState *node)
Definition executor.h:322

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecProcNode(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), EPQState::recheckestate, and EPQState::recheckplanstate.

Referenced by EvalPlanQual(), and ExecLockRows().

◆ EvalPlanQualSetPlan()

void EvalPlanQualSetPlan ( EPQState epqstate,
Plan subplan,
List auxrowmarks 
)
extern

Definition at line 2788 of file execMain.c.

2789{
2790 /* If we have a live EPQ query, shut it down */
2791 EvalPlanQualEnd(epqstate);
2792 /* And set/change the plan pointer */
2793 epqstate->plan = subplan;
2794 /* The rowmarks depend on the plan, too */
2795 epqstate->arowMarks = auxrowmarks;
2796}
void EvalPlanQualEnd(EPQState *epqstate)
Definition execMain.c:3208

References EPQState::arowMarks, EvalPlanQualEnd(), fb(), and EPQState::plan.

Referenced by ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ EvalPlanQualSlot()

TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualSlot ( EPQState epqstate,
Relation  relation,
Index  rti 
)
extern

Definition at line 2805 of file execMain.c.

2807{
2808 TupleTableSlot **slot;
2809
2810 Assert(relation);
2811 Assert(rti > 0 && rti <= epqstate->parentestate->es_range_table_size);
2812 slot = &epqstate->relsubs_slot[rti - 1];
2813
2814 if (*slot == NULL)
2815 {
2816 MemoryContext oldcontext;
2817
2818 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(epqstate->parentestate->es_query_cxt);
2819 *slot = table_slot_create(relation, &epqstate->tuple_table);
2820 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
2821 }
2822
2823 return *slot;
2824}
TupleTableSlot * table_slot_create(Relation relation, List **reglist)
Definition tableam.c:92

References Assert, EState::es_query_cxt, fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::relsubs_slot, table_slot_create(), and EPQState::tuple_table.

Referenced by EvalPlanQual(), ExecDelete(), ExecLockRows(), ExecMergeMatched(), and ExecUpdate().

◆ exec_rt_fetch()

◆ ExecAssignExprContext()

◆ ExecAssignProjectionInfo()

void ExecAssignProjectionInfo ( PlanState planstate,
TupleDesc  inputDesc 
)
extern

Definition at line 588 of file execUtils.c.

590{
591 planstate->ps_ProjInfo =
593 planstate->ps_ExprContext,
594 planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot,
595 planstate,
596 inputDesc);
597}
ProjectionInfo * ExecBuildProjectionInfo(List *targetList, ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot, PlanState *parent, TupleDesc inputDesc)
Definition execExpr.c:391
Plan * plan
Definition execnodes.h:1201
TupleTableSlot * ps_ResultTupleSlot
Definition execnodes.h:1241
ProjectionInfo * ps_ProjInfo
Definition execnodes.h:1243
List * targetlist
Definition plannodes.h:235

References ExecBuildProjectionInfo(), fb(), PlanState::plan, PlanState::ps_ExprContext, PlanState::ps_ProjInfo, PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, and Plan::targetlist.

Referenced by ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitResult(), and ExecInitWindowAgg().

◆ ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo()

◆ ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno()

void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno ( ScanState node,
int  varno 
)
extern

◆ ExecAssignScanType()

void ExecAssignScanType ( ScanState scanstate,
TupleDesc  tupDesc 
)
extern

Definition at line 697 of file execUtils.c.

698{
699 TupleTableSlot *slot = scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot;
700
701 ExecSetSlotDescriptor(slot, tupDesc);
702}
void ExecSetSlotDescriptor(TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleDesc tupdesc)

References ExecSetSlotDescriptor(), and fb().

Referenced by ExecWorkTableScan().

◆ ExecBuildAggTrans()

ExprState * ExecBuildAggTrans ( AggState aggstate,
struct AggStatePerPhaseData phase,
bool  doSort,
bool  doHash,
bool  nullcheck 
)
extern

◆ ExecBuildAuxRowMark()

ExecAuxRowMark * ExecBuildAuxRowMark ( ExecRowMark erm,
List targetlist 
)
extern

Definition at line 2608 of file execMain.c.

2609{
2611 char resname[32];
2612
2613 aerm->rowmark = erm;
2614
2615 /* Look up the resjunk columns associated with this rowmark */
2616 if (erm->markType != ROW_MARK_COPY)
2617 {
2618 /* need ctid for all methods other than COPY */
2619 snprintf(resname, sizeof(resname), "ctid%u", erm->rowmarkId);
2620 aerm->ctidAttNo = ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(targetlist,
2621 resname);
2622 if (!AttributeNumberIsValid(aerm->ctidAttNo))
2623 elog(ERROR, "could not find junk %s column", resname);
2624 }
2625 else
2626 {
2627 /* need wholerow if COPY */
2628 snprintf(resname, sizeof(resname), "wholerow%u", erm->rowmarkId);
2629 aerm->wholeAttNo = ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(targetlist,
2630 resname);
2631 if (!AttributeNumberIsValid(aerm->wholeAttNo))
2632 elog(ERROR, "could not find junk %s column", resname);
2633 }
2634
2635 /* if child rel, need tableoid */
2636 if (erm->rti != erm->prti)
2637 {
2638 snprintf(resname, sizeof(resname), "tableoid%u", erm->rowmarkId);
2639 aerm->toidAttNo = ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(targetlist,
2640 resname);
2641 if (!AttributeNumberIsValid(aerm->toidAttNo))
2642 elog(ERROR, "could not find junk %s column", resname);
2643 }
2644
2645 return aerm;
2646}
#define AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber)
Definition attnum.h:34
AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(List *targetlist, const char *attrName)
Definition execJunk.c:222
#define palloc0_object(type)
Definition fe_memutils.h:75
#define snprintf
Definition port.h:260

References AttributeNumberIsValid, elog, ERROR, ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(), fb(), palloc0_object, ROW_MARK_COPY, and snprintf.

Referenced by ExecInitLockRows(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecBuildGroupingEqual()

ExprState * ExecBuildGroupingEqual ( TupleDesc  ldesc,
TupleDesc  rdesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps lops,
const TupleTableSlotOps rops,
int  numCols,
const AttrNumber keyColIdx,
const Oid eqfunctions,
const Oid collations,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 4494 of file execExpr.c.

4501{
4503 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4504 int maxatt = -1;
4506 ListCell *lc;
4507
4508 /*
4509 * When no columns are actually compared, the result's always true. See
4510 * special case in ExecQual().
4511 */
4512 if (numCols == 0)
4513 return NULL;
4514
4515 state->expr = NULL;
4516 state->flags = EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL;
4517 state->parent = parent;
4518
4519 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4520 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4521
4522 /* compute max needed attribute */
4523 for (int natt = 0; natt < numCols; natt++)
4524 {
4525 int attno = keyColIdx[natt];
4526
4527 if (attno > maxatt)
4528 maxatt = attno;
4529 }
4530 Assert(maxatt >= 0);
4531
4532 /* push deform steps */
4534 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4535 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4536 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = ldesc;
4537 scratch.d.fetch.kind = lops;
4540
4542 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4543 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4544 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = rdesc;
4545 scratch.d.fetch.kind = rops;
4548
4549 /*
4550 * Start comparing at the last field (least significant sort key). That's
4551 * the most likely to be different if we are dealing with sorted input.
4552 */
4553 for (int natt = numCols; --natt >= 0;)
4554 {
4555 int attno = keyColIdx[natt];
4558 Oid foid = eqfunctions[natt];
4559 Oid collid = collations[natt];
4560 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4561 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4563
4564 /* Check permission to call function */
4566 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
4568
4570
4571 /* Set up the primary fmgr lookup information */
4572 finfo = palloc0_object(FmgrInfo);
4573 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(2));
4574 fmgr_info(foid, finfo);
4575 fmgr_info_set_expr(NULL, finfo);
4576 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 2,
4577 collid, NULL, NULL);
4578
4579 /* left arg */
4580 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_VAR;
4581 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno - 1;
4582 scratch.d.var.vartype = latt->atttypid;
4583 scratch.d.var.varreturningtype = VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT;
4584 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[0].value;
4585 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[0].isnull;
4587
4588 /* right arg */
4589 scratch.opcode = EEOP_OUTER_VAR;
4590 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno - 1;
4591 scratch.d.var.vartype = ratt->atttypid;
4592 scratch.d.var.varreturningtype = VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT;
4593 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[1].value;
4594 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[1].isnull;
4596
4597 /* evaluate distinctness */
4598 scratch.opcode = EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT;
4599 scratch.d.func.finfo = finfo;
4600 scratch.d.func.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4601 scratch.d.func.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4602 scratch.d.func.nargs = 2;
4603 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4604 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4606
4607 /* then emit EEOP_QUAL to detect if result is false (or null) */
4608 scratch.opcode = EEOP_QUAL;
4609 scratch.d.qualexpr.jumpdone = -1;
4610 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4611 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4614 state->steps_len - 1);
4615 }
4616
4617 /* adjust jump targets */
4618 foreach(lc, adjust_jumps)
4619 {
4620 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[lfirst_int(lc)];
4621
4622 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_QUAL);
4623 Assert(as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone == -1);
4624 as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
4625 }
4626
4627 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4628 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4629 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4631
4633
4634 return state;
4635}
AclResult
Definition acl.h:183
@ ACLCHECK_OK
Definition acl.h:184
void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, ObjectType objtype, const char *objectname)
Definition aclchk.c:2672
AclResult object_aclcheck(Oid classid, Oid objectid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition aclchk.c:3879
Oid collid
void ExprEvalPushStep(ExprState *es, const ExprEvalStep *s)
Definition execExpr.c:2704
static bool ExecComputeSlotInfo(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op)
Definition execExpr.c:3090
static void ExecReadyExpr(ExprState *state)
Definition execExpr.c:935
@ EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT
Definition execExpr.h:190
@ EEOP_DONE_RETURN
Definition execExpr.h:69
@ EEOP_INNER_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:82
@ EEOP_QUAL
Definition execExpr.h:148
@ EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME
Definition execExpr.h:75
@ EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME
Definition execExpr.h:76
@ EEOP_OUTER_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:83
#define EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL
Definition execnodes.h:88
void fmgr_info(Oid functionId, FmgrInfo *finfo)
Definition fmgr.c:129
#define SizeForFunctionCallInfo(nargs)
Definition fmgr.h:102
#define InitFunctionCallInfoData(Fcinfo, Flinfo, Nargs, Collation, Context, Resultinfo)
Definition fmgr.h:150
#define fmgr_info_set_expr(expr, finfo)
Definition fmgr.h:135
List * lappend_int(List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:357
char * get_func_name(Oid funcid)
Definition lsyscache.c:1828
void * palloc0(Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1417
Oid GetUserId(void)
Definition miscinit.c:470
#define InvokeFunctionExecuteHook(objectId)
@ OBJECT_FUNCTION
#define ACL_EXECUTE
Definition parsenodes.h:83
FormData_pg_attribute * Form_pg_attribute
#define lfirst_int(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:173
@ VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT
Definition primnodes.h:257
PGFunction fn_addr
Definition fmgr.h:58
NullableDatum args[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]
Definition fmgr.h:95
Definition pg_list.h:54
Datum value
Definition postgres.h:87
static FormData_pg_attribute * TupleDescAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition tupdesc.h:178

References ACL_EXECUTE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert, collid, EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_INNER_VAR, EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT, EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_QUAL, ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), fmgr_info(), fmgr_info_set_expr, FmgrInfo::fn_addr, get_func_name(), GetUserId(), InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvokeFunctionExecuteHook, NullableDatum::isnull, lappend_int(), lfirst_int, makeNode, NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, palloc0(), palloc0_object, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescAttr(), NullableDatum::value, and VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT.

Referenced by BuildTupleHashTable(), ExecInitSubPlan(), and execTuplesMatchPrepare().

◆ ExecBuildHash32Expr()

ExprState * ExecBuildHash32Expr ( TupleDesc  desc,
const TupleTableSlotOps ops,
const Oid hashfunc_oids,
const List collations,
const List hash_exprs,
const bool opstrict,
PlanState parent,
uint32  init_value 
)
extern

Definition at line 4329 of file execExpr.c.

4333{
4335 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4336 NullableDatum *iresult = NULL;
4338 ListCell *lc;
4339 ListCell *lc2;
4341 intptr_t opcode;
4343
4344 Assert(num_exprs == list_length(collations));
4345
4346 state->parent = parent;
4347
4348 /* Insert setup steps as needed. */
4350
4351 /*
4352 * Make a place to store intermediate hash values between subsequent
4353 * hashing of individual expressions. We only need this if there is more
4354 * than one expression to hash or an initial value plus one expression.
4355 */
4356 if ((int64) num_exprs + (init_value != 0) > 1)
4357 iresult = palloc_object(NullableDatum);
4358
4359 if (init_value == 0)
4360 {
4361 /*
4362 * No initial value, so we can assign the result of the hash function
4363 * for the first hash_expr without having to concern ourselves with
4364 * combining the result with any initial value.
4365 */
4367 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST;
4368 }
4369 else
4370 {
4371 /*
4372 * Set up operation to set the initial value. Normally we store this
4373 * in the intermediate hash value location, but if there are no exprs
4374 * to hash, store it in the ExprState's result field.
4375 */
4377 scratch.d.hashdatum_initvalue.init_value = UInt32GetDatum(init_value);
4378 scratch.resvalue = num_exprs > 0 ? &iresult->value : &state->resvalue;
4379 scratch.resnull = num_exprs > 0 ? &iresult->isnull : &state->resnull;
4380
4382
4383 /*
4384 * When using an initial value use the NEXT32/NEXT32_STRICT ops as the
4385 * FIRST/FIRST_STRICT ops would overwrite the stored initial value.
4386 */
4388 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4389 }
4390
4391 forboth(lc, hash_exprs, lc2, collations)
4392 {
4393 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
4394 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4395 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4396 int i = foreach_current_index(lc);
4397 Oid funcid;
4398 Oid inputcollid = lfirst_oid(lc2);
4399
4400 funcid = hashfunc_oids[i];
4401
4402 /* Allocate hash function lookup data. */
4403 finfo = palloc0_object(FmgrInfo);
4404 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(1));
4405
4406 fmgr_info(funcid, finfo);
4407
4408 /*
4409 * Build the steps to evaluate the hash function's argument, placing
4410 * the value in the 0th argument of the hash func.
4411 */
4412 ExecInitExprRec(expr,
4413 state,
4414 &fcinfo->args[0].value,
4415 &fcinfo->args[0].isnull);
4416
4417 if (i == num_exprs - 1)
4418 {
4419 /* the result for hashing the final expr is stored in the state */
4420 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4421 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4422 }
4423 else
4424 {
4425 Assert(iresult != NULL);
4426
4427 /* intermediate values are stored in an intermediate result */
4428 scratch.resvalue = &iresult->value;
4429 scratch.resnull = &iresult->isnull;
4430 }
4431
4432 /*
4433 * NEXT32 opcodes need to look at the intermediate result. We might
4434 * as well just set this for all ops. FIRSTs won't look at it.
4435 */
4436 scratch.d.hashdatum.iresult = iresult;
4437
4438 /* Initialize function call parameter structure too */
4439 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 1, inputcollid, NULL, NULL);
4440
4441 scratch.d.hashdatum.finfo = finfo;
4442 scratch.d.hashdatum.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4443 scratch.d.hashdatum.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4444
4445 scratch.opcode = opstrict[i] ? strict_opcode : opcode;
4446 scratch.d.hashdatum.jumpdone = -1;
4447
4449 adjust_jumps = lappend_int(adjust_jumps, state->steps_len - 1);
4450
4451 /*
4452 * For subsequent keys we must combine the hash value with the
4453 * previous hashes.
4454 */
4456 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4457 }
4458
4459 /* adjust jump targets */
4460 foreach(lc, adjust_jumps)
4461 {
4462 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[lfirst_int(lc)];
4463
4464 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST ||
4465 as->opcode == EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST_STRICT ||
4466 as->opcode == EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32 ||
4467 as->opcode == EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT);
4468 Assert(as->d.hashdatum.jumpdone == -1);
4469 as->d.hashdatum.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
4470 }
4471
4472 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4473 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4474 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4476
4478
4479 return state;
4480}
int64_t int64
Definition c.h:621
static void ExecInitExprRec(Expr *node, ExprState *state, Datum *resv, bool *resnull)
Definition execExpr.c:952
static void ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(ExprState *state, Node *node)
Definition execExpr.c:2909
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT
Definition execExpr.h:259
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST_STRICT
Definition execExpr.h:257
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32
Definition execExpr.h:258
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST
Definition execExpr.h:256
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_SET_INITVAL
Definition execExpr.h:255
#define forboth(cell1, list1, cell2, list2)
Definition pg_list.h:550
#define foreach_current_index(var_or_cell)
Definition pg_list.h:435
#define lfirst_oid(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:174
static Datum UInt32GetDatum(uint32 X)
Definition postgres.h:232
Definition nodes.h:135

References FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST, EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST_STRICT, EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32, EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT, EEOP_HASHDATUM_SET_INITVAL, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), fmgr_info(), FmgrInfo::fn_addr, forboth, foreach_current_index, i, InitFunctionCallInfoData, NullableDatum::isnull, lappend_int(), lfirst, lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, list_length(), makeNode, NIL, palloc0(), palloc0_object, palloc_object, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, UInt32GetDatum(), and NullableDatum::value.

Referenced by ExecInitHashJoin().

◆ ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs()

ExprState * ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs ( TupleDesc  desc,
const TupleTableSlotOps ops,
FmgrInfo hashfunctions,
Oid collations,
int  numCols,
AttrNumber keyColIdx,
PlanState parent,
uint32  init_value 
)
extern

Definition at line 4168 of file execExpr.c.

4172{
4174 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4175 NullableDatum *iresult = NULL;
4176 intptr_t opcode;
4178
4179 Assert(numCols >= 0);
4180
4181 state->parent = parent;
4182
4183 /*
4184 * Make a place to store intermediate hash values between subsequent
4185 * hashing of individual columns. We only need this if there is more than
4186 * one column to hash or an initial value plus one column.
4187 */
4188 if ((int64) numCols + (init_value != 0) > 1)
4189 iresult = palloc_object(NullableDatum);
4190
4191 /* find the highest attnum so we deform the tuple to that point */
4192 for (int i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
4193 last_attnum = Max(last_attnum, keyColIdx[i]);
4194
4196 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = last_attnum;
4197 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4198 scratch.d.fetch.kind = ops;
4199 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = desc;
4202
4203 if (init_value == 0)
4204 {
4205 /*
4206 * No initial value, so we can assign the result of the hash function
4207 * for the first attribute without having to concern ourselves with
4208 * combining the result with any initial value.
4209 */
4210 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST;
4211 }
4212 else
4213 {
4214 /*
4215 * Set up operation to set the initial value. Normally we store this
4216 * in the intermediate hash value location, but if there are no
4217 * columns to hash, store it in the ExprState's result field.
4218 */
4220 scratch.d.hashdatum_initvalue.init_value = UInt32GetDatum(init_value);
4221 scratch.resvalue = numCols > 0 ? &iresult->value : &state->resvalue;
4222 scratch.resnull = numCols > 0 ? &iresult->isnull : &state->resnull;
4223
4225
4226 /*
4227 * When using an initial value use the NEXT32 ops as the FIRST ops
4228 * would overwrite the stored initial value.
4229 */
4230 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4231 }
4232
4233 for (int i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
4234 {
4235 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4236 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4237 Oid inputcollid = collations[i];
4238 AttrNumber attnum = keyColIdx[i] - 1;
4239
4240 finfo = &hashfunctions[i];
4241 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(1));
4242
4243 /* Initialize function call parameter structure too */
4244 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 1, inputcollid, NULL, NULL);
4245
4246 /*
4247 * Fetch inner Var for this attnum and store it in the 1st arg of the
4248 * hash func.
4249 */
4250 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_VAR;
4251 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[0].value;
4252 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[0].isnull;
4253 scratch.d.var.attnum = attnum;
4254 scratch.d.var.vartype = TupleDescAttr(desc, attnum)->atttypid;
4255 scratch.d.var.varreturningtype = VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT;
4256
4258
4259 /* Call the hash function */
4260 scratch.opcode = opcode;
4261
4262 if (i == numCols - 1)
4263 {
4264 /*
4265 * The result for hashing the final column is stored in the
4266 * ExprState.
4267 */
4268 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4269 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4270 }
4271 else
4272 {
4273 Assert(iresult != NULL);
4274
4275 /* intermediate values are stored in an intermediate result */
4276 scratch.resvalue = &iresult->value;
4277 scratch.resnull = &iresult->isnull;
4278 }
4279
4280 /*
4281 * NEXT32 opcodes need to look at the intermediate result. We might
4282 * as well just set this for all ops. FIRSTs won't look at it.
4283 */
4284 scratch.d.hashdatum.iresult = iresult;
4285
4286 scratch.d.hashdatum.finfo = finfo;
4287 scratch.d.hashdatum.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4288 scratch.d.hashdatum.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4289 scratch.d.hashdatum.jumpdone = -1;
4290
4292
4293 /* subsequent attnums must be combined with the previous */
4294 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4295 }
4296
4297 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4298 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4299 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4301
4303
4304 return state;
4305}
int16 AttrNumber
Definition attnum.h:21
int16 attnum

References FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert, attnum, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST, EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32, EEOP_HASHDATUM_SET_INITVAL, EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_INNER_VAR, ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), FmgrInfo::fn_addr, i, InitFunctionCallInfoData, NullableDatum::isnull, makeNode, Max, palloc0(), palloc_object, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescAttr(), UInt32GetDatum(), NullableDatum::value, and VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT.

Referenced by BuildTupleHashTable(), and ExecInitSubPlan().

◆ ExecBuildParamSetEqual()

ExprState * ExecBuildParamSetEqual ( TupleDesc  desc,
const TupleTableSlotOps lops,
const TupleTableSlotOps rops,
const Oid eqfunctions,
const Oid collations,
const List param_exprs,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 4653 of file execExpr.c.

4660{
4662 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4663 int maxatt = list_length(param_exprs);
4665 ListCell *lc;
4666
4667 state->expr = NULL;
4668 state->flags = EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL;
4669 state->parent = parent;
4670
4671 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4672 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4673
4674 /* push deform steps */
4676 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4677 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4678 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = desc;
4679 scratch.d.fetch.kind = lops;
4682
4684 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4685 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4686 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = desc;
4687 scratch.d.fetch.kind = rops;
4690
4691 for (int attno = 0; attno < maxatt; attno++)
4692 {
4693 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(desc, attno);
4694 Oid foid = eqfunctions[attno];
4695 Oid collid = collations[attno];
4696 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4697 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4699
4700 /* Check permission to call function */
4702 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
4704
4706
4707 /* Set up the primary fmgr lookup information */
4708 finfo = palloc0_object(FmgrInfo);
4709 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(2));
4710 fmgr_info(foid, finfo);
4711 fmgr_info_set_expr(NULL, finfo);
4712 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 2,
4713 collid, NULL, NULL);
4714
4715 /* left arg */
4716 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_VAR;
4717 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno;
4718 scratch.d.var.vartype = att->atttypid;
4719 scratch.d.var.varreturningtype = VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT;
4720 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[0].value;
4721 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[0].isnull;
4723
4724 /* right arg */
4725 scratch.opcode = EEOP_OUTER_VAR;
4726 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno;
4727 scratch.d.var.vartype = att->atttypid;
4728 scratch.d.var.varreturningtype = VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT;
4729 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[1].value;
4730 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[1].isnull;
4732
4733 /* evaluate distinctness */
4734 scratch.opcode = EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT;
4735 scratch.d.func.finfo = finfo;
4736 scratch.d.func.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4737 scratch.d.func.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4738 scratch.d.func.nargs = 2;
4739 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4740 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4742
4743 /* then emit EEOP_QUAL to detect if result is false (or null) */
4744 scratch.opcode = EEOP_QUAL;
4745 scratch.d.qualexpr.jumpdone = -1;
4746 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4747 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4750 state->steps_len - 1);
4751 }
4752
4753 /* adjust jump targets */
4754 foreach(lc, adjust_jumps)
4755 {
4756 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[lfirst_int(lc)];
4757
4758 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_QUAL);
4759 Assert(as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone == -1);
4760 as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
4761 }
4762
4763 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4764 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4765 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4767
4769
4770 return state;
4771}

References ACL_EXECUTE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert, collid, EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_INNER_VAR, EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT, EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_QUAL, ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), fmgr_info(), fmgr_info_set_expr, FmgrInfo::fn_addr, get_func_name(), GetUserId(), InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvokeFunctionExecuteHook, NullableDatum::isnull, lappend_int(), lfirst_int, list_length(), makeNode, NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, palloc0(), palloc0_object, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescAttr(), NullableDatum::value, and VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT.

Referenced by ExecInitMemoize().

◆ ExecBuildProjectionInfo()

ProjectionInfo * ExecBuildProjectionInfo ( List targetList,
ExprContext econtext,
TupleTableSlot slot,
PlanState parent,
TupleDesc  inputDesc 
)
extern

Definition at line 391 of file execExpr.c.

396{
399 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
400 ListCell *lc;
401
402 projInfo->pi_exprContext = econtext;
403 /* We embed ExprState into ProjectionInfo instead of doing extra palloc */
404 projInfo->pi_state.type = T_ExprState;
405 state = &projInfo->pi_state;
406 state->expr = (Expr *) targetList;
407 state->parent = parent;
408 state->ext_params = NULL;
409
410 state->resultslot = slot;
411
412 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
413 ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(state, (Node *) targetList);
414
415 /* Now compile each tlist column */
416 foreach(lc, targetList)
417 {
419 Var *variable = NULL;
420 AttrNumber attnum = 0;
421 bool isSafeVar = false;
422
423 /*
424 * If tlist expression is a safe non-system Var, use the fast-path
425 * ASSIGN_*_VAR opcodes. "Safe" means that we don't need to apply
426 * CheckVarSlotCompatibility() during plan startup. If a source slot
427 * was provided, we make the equivalent tests here; if a slot was not
428 * provided, we assume that no check is needed because we're dealing
429 * with a non-relation-scan-level expression.
430 */
431 if (tle->expr != NULL &&
432 IsA(tle->expr, Var) &&
433 ((Var *) tle->expr)->varattno > 0)
434 {
435 /* Non-system Var, but how safe is it? */
436 variable = (Var *) tle->expr;
437 attnum = variable->varattno;
438
439 if (inputDesc == NULL)
440 isSafeVar = true; /* can't check, just assume OK */
441 else if (attnum <= inputDesc->natts)
442 {
444
445 /*
446 * If user attribute is dropped or has a type mismatch, don't
447 * use ASSIGN_*_VAR. Instead let the normal expression
448 * machinery handle it (which'll possibly error out).
449 */
450 if (!attr->attisdropped && variable->vartype == attr->atttypid)
451 {
452 isSafeVar = true;
453 }
454 }
455 }
456
457 if (isSafeVar)
458 {
459 /* Fast-path: just generate an EEOP_ASSIGN_*_VAR step */
460 switch (variable->varno)
461 {
462 case INNER_VAR:
463 /* get the tuple from the inner node */
465 break;
466
467 case OUTER_VAR:
468 /* get the tuple from the outer node */
470 break;
471
472 /* INDEX_VAR is handled by default case */
473
474 default:
475
476 /*
477 * Get the tuple from the relation being scanned, or the
478 * old/new tuple slot, if old/new values were requested.
479 */
480 switch (variable->varreturningtype)
481 {
484 break;
487 state->flags |= EEO_FLAG_HAS_OLD;
488 break;
491 state->flags |= EEO_FLAG_HAS_NEW;
492 break;
493 }
494 break;
495 }
496
497 scratch.d.assign_var.attnum = attnum - 1;
498 scratch.d.assign_var.resultnum = tle->resno - 1;
500 }
501 else
502 {
503 /*
504 * Otherwise, compile the column expression normally.
505 *
506 * We can't tell the expression to evaluate directly into the
507 * result slot, as the result slot (and the exprstate for that
508 * matter) can change between executions. We instead evaluate
509 * into the ExprState's resvalue/resnull and then move.
510 */
512 &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
513
514 /*
515 * Column might be referenced multiple times in upper nodes, so
516 * force value to R/O - but only if it could be an expanded datum.
517 */
518 if (get_typlen(exprType((Node *) tle->expr)) == -1)
520 else
521 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP;
522 scratch.d.assign_tmp.resultnum = tle->resno - 1;
524 }
525 }
526
529
531
532 return projInfo;
533}
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP
Definition execExpr.h:110
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_SCAN_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:105
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_OUTER_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:104
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_OLD_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:106
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP_MAKE_RO
Definition execExpr.h:112
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_INNER_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:103
@ EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN
Definition execExpr.h:72
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_NEW_VAR
Definition execExpr.h:107
#define EEO_FLAG_HAS_OLD
Definition execnodes.h:90
#define EEO_FLAG_HAS_NEW
Definition execnodes.h:92
int16 get_typlen(Oid typid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2417
Oid exprType(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:42
#define IsA(nodeptr, _type_)
Definition nodes.h:164
#define lfirst_node(type, lc)
Definition pg_list.h:176
@ VAR_RETURNING_OLD
Definition primnodes.h:258
@ VAR_RETURNING_NEW
Definition primnodes.h:259
#define OUTER_VAR
Definition primnodes.h:244
#define INNER_VAR
Definition primnodes.h:243
NodeTag type
Definition execnodes.h:283

References attnum, EEO_FLAG_HAS_NEW, EEO_FLAG_HAS_OLD, EEOP_ASSIGN_INNER_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_NEW_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_OLD_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_SCAN_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP, EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP_MAKE_RO, EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), exprType(), fb(), get_typlen(), INNER_VAR, IsA, lfirst_node, makeNode, OUTER_VAR, TupleDescAttr(), ExprContext::type, VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT, VAR_RETURNING_NEW, and VAR_RETURNING_OLD.

Referenced by ExecAssignProjectionInfo(), ExecInitInsertProjection(), ExecInitMerge(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), and ExecInitSubPlan().

◆ ExecBuildSlotValueDescription()

char * ExecBuildSlotValueDescription ( Oid  reloid,
TupleTableSlot slot,
TupleDesc  tupdesc,
Bitmapset modifiedCols,
int  maxfieldlen 
)
extern

Definition at line 2420 of file execMain.c.

2425{
2428 bool write_comma = false;
2429 bool write_comma_collist = false;
2430 int i;
2432 bool table_perm = false;
2433 bool any_perm = false;
2434
2435 /*
2436 * Check if RLS is enabled and should be active for the relation; if so,
2437 * then don't return anything. Otherwise, go through normal permission
2438 * checks.
2439 */
2440 if (check_enable_rls(reloid, InvalidOid, true) == RLS_ENABLED)
2441 return NULL;
2442
2444
2446
2447 /*
2448 * Check if the user has permissions to see the row. Table-level SELECT
2449 * allows access to all columns. If the user does not have table-level
2450 * SELECT then we check each column and include those the user has SELECT
2451 * rights on. Additionally, we always include columns the user provided
2452 * data for.
2453 */
2455 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
2456 {
2457 /* Set up the buffer for the column list */
2460 }
2461 else
2462 table_perm = any_perm = true;
2463
2464 /* Make sure the tuple is fully deconstructed */
2465 slot_getallattrs(slot);
2466
2467 for (i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
2468 {
2469 bool column_perm = false;
2470 char *val;
2471 int vallen;
2472 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i);
2473
2474 /* ignore dropped columns */
2475 if (att->attisdropped)
2476 continue;
2477
2478 if (!table_perm)
2479 {
2480 /*
2481 * No table-level SELECT, so need to make sure they either have
2482 * SELECT rights on the column or that they have provided the data
2483 * for the column. If not, omit this column from the error
2484 * message.
2485 */
2486 aclresult = pg_attribute_aclcheck(reloid, att->attnum,
2490 {
2491 column_perm = any_perm = true;
2492
2495 else
2496 write_comma_collist = true;
2497
2498 appendStringInfoString(&collist, NameStr(att->attname));
2499 }
2500 }
2501
2502 if (table_perm || column_perm)
2503 {
2504 if (att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
2505 val = "virtual";
2506 else if (slot->tts_isnull[i])
2507 val = "null";
2508 else
2509 {
2510 Oid foutoid;
2511 bool typisvarlena;
2512
2513 getTypeOutputInfo(att->atttypid,
2514 &foutoid, &typisvarlena);
2516 }
2517
2518 if (write_comma)
2520 else
2521 write_comma = true;
2522
2523 /* truncate if needed */
2524 vallen = strlen(val);
2525 if (vallen <= maxfieldlen)
2526 appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, val, vallen);
2527 else
2528 {
2529 vallen = pg_mbcliplen(val, vallen, maxfieldlen);
2530 appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, val, vallen);
2531 appendStringInfoString(&buf, "...");
2532 }
2533 }
2534 }
2535
2536 /* If we end up with zero columns being returned, then return NULL. */
2537 if (!any_perm)
2538 return NULL;
2539
2541
2542 if (!table_perm)
2543 {
2546
2547 return collist.data;
2548 }
2549
2550 return buf.data;
2551}
AclResult pg_attribute_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, AttrNumber attnum, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition aclchk.c:3911
AclResult pg_class_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition aclchk.c:4082
bool bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:510
#define NameStr(name)
Definition c.h:835
char * OidOutputFunctionCall(Oid functionId, Datum val)
Definition fmgr.c:1764
long val
Definition informix.c:689
void getTypeOutputInfo(Oid type, Oid *typOutput, bool *typIsVarlena)
Definition lsyscache.c:3129
int pg_mbcliplen(const char *mbstr, int len, int limit)
Definition mbutils.c:1211
#define ACL_SELECT
Definition parsenodes.h:77
static char buf[DEFAULT_XLOG_SEG_SIZE]
#define InvalidOid
int check_enable_rls(Oid relid, Oid checkAsUser, bool noError)
Definition rls.c:52
@ RLS_ENABLED
Definition rls.h:45
void appendBinaryStringInfo(StringInfo str, const void *data, int datalen)
Definition stringinfo.c:281
void appendStringInfoString(StringInfo str, const char *s)
Definition stringinfo.c:230
void appendStringInfoChar(StringInfo str, char ch)
Definition stringinfo.c:242
void initStringInfo(StringInfo str)
Definition stringinfo.c:97
#define FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber
Definition sysattr.h:27
static void slot_getallattrs(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition tuptable.h:390

References ACL_SELECT, ACLCHECK_OK, appendBinaryStringInfo(), appendStringInfoChar(), appendStringInfoString(), bms_is_member(), buf, check_enable_rls(), fb(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, getTypeOutputInfo(), GetUserId(), i, initStringInfo(), InvalidOid, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, OidOutputFunctionCall(), pg_attribute_aclcheck(), pg_class_aclcheck(), pg_mbcliplen(), RLS_ENABLED, slot_getallattrs(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, TupleDescAttr(), and val.

Referenced by ExecConstraints(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), get_tuple_desc(), and ReportNotNullViolationError().

◆ ExecBuildUpdateProjection()

ProjectionInfo * ExecBuildUpdateProjection ( List targetList,
bool  evalTargetList,
List targetColnos,
TupleDesc  relDesc,
ExprContext econtext,
TupleTableSlot slot,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 568 of file execExpr.c.

575{
578 int nAssignableCols;
579 bool sawJunk;
581 ExprSetupInfo deform = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, NIL};
582 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
583 int outerattnum;
584 ListCell *lc,
585 *lc2;
586
587 projInfo->pi_exprContext = econtext;
588 /* We embed ExprState into ProjectionInfo instead of doing extra palloc */
589 projInfo->pi_state.type = T_ExprState;
590 state = &projInfo->pi_state;
591 if (evalTargetList)
592 state->expr = (Expr *) targetList;
593 else
594 state->expr = NULL; /* not used */
595 state->parent = parent;
596 state->ext_params = NULL;
597
598 state->resultslot = slot;
599
600 /*
601 * Examine the targetList to see how many non-junk columns there are, and
602 * to verify that the non-junk columns come before the junk ones.
603 */
604 nAssignableCols = 0;
605 sawJunk = false;
606 foreach(lc, targetList)
607 {
609
610 if (tle->resjunk)
611 sawJunk = true;
612 else
613 {
614 if (sawJunk)
615 elog(ERROR, "subplan target list is out of order");
617 }
618 }
619
620 /* We should have one targetColnos entry per non-junk column */
622 elog(ERROR, "targetColnos does not match subplan target list");
623
624 /*
625 * Build a bitmapset of the columns in targetColnos. (We could just use
626 * list_member_int() tests, but that risks O(N^2) behavior with many
627 * columns.)
628 */
630 foreach(lc, targetColnos)
631 {
633
635 }
636
637 /*
638 * We need to insert EEOP_*_FETCHSOME steps to ensure the input tuples are
639 * sufficiently deconstructed. The scan tuple must be deconstructed at
640 * least as far as the last old column we need.
641 */
642 for (int attnum = relDesc->natts; attnum > 0; attnum--)
643 {
645
646 if (attr->attisdropped)
647 continue;
649 continue;
650 deform.last_scan = attnum;
651 break;
652 }
653
654 /*
655 * If we're actually evaluating the tlist, incorporate its input
656 * requirements too; otherwise, we'll just need to fetch the appropriate
657 * number of columns of the "outer" tuple.
658 */
659 if (evalTargetList)
660 expr_setup_walker((Node *) targetList, &deform);
661 else
662 deform.last_outer = nAssignableCols;
663
665
666 /*
667 * Now generate code to evaluate the tlist's assignable expressions or
668 * fetch them from the outer tuple, incidentally validating that they'll
669 * be of the right data type. The checks above ensure that the forboth()
670 * will iterate over exactly the non-junk columns. Note that we don't
671 * bother evaluating any remaining resjunk columns.
672 */
673 outerattnum = 0;
674 forboth(lc, targetList, lc2, targetColnos)
675 {
679
680 Assert(!tle->resjunk);
681
682 /*
683 * Apply sanity checks comparable to ExecCheckPlanOutput().
684 */
688 errmsg("table row type and query-specified row type do not match"),
689 errdetail("Query has too many columns.")));
691
692 if (attr->attisdropped)
695 errmsg("table row type and query-specified row type do not match"),
696 errdetail("Query provides a value for a dropped column at ordinal position %d.",
697 targetattnum)));
698 if (exprType((Node *) tle->expr) != attr->atttypid)
701 errmsg("table row type and query-specified row type do not match"),
702 errdetail("Table has type %s at ordinal position %d, but query expects %s.",
703 format_type_be(attr->atttypid),
705 format_type_be(exprType((Node *) tle->expr)))));
706
707 /* OK, generate code to perform the assignment. */
708 if (evalTargetList)
709 {
710 /*
711 * We must evaluate the TLE's expression and assign it. We do not
712 * bother jumping through hoops for "safe" Vars like
713 * ExecBuildProjectionInfo does; this is a relatively less-used
714 * path and it doesn't seem worth expending code for that.
715 */
717 &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
718 /* Needn't worry about read-only-ness here, either. */
719 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP;
720 scratch.d.assign_tmp.resultnum = targetattnum - 1;
722 }
723 else
724 {
725 /* Just assign from the outer tuple. */
727 scratch.d.assign_var.attnum = outerattnum;
728 scratch.d.assign_var.resultnum = targetattnum - 1;
730 }
731 outerattnum++;
732 }
733
734 /*
735 * Now generate code to copy over any old columns that were not assigned
736 * to, and to ensure that dropped columns are set to NULL.
737 */
738 for (int attnum = 1; attnum <= relDesc->natts; attnum++)
739 {
741
742 if (attr->attisdropped)
743 {
744 /* Put a null into the ExprState's resvalue/resnull ... */
745 scratch.opcode = EEOP_CONST;
746 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
747 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
748 scratch.d.constval.value = (Datum) 0;
749 scratch.d.constval.isnull = true;
751 /* ... then assign it to the result slot */
752 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP;
753 scratch.d.assign_tmp.resultnum = attnum - 1;
755 }
757 {
758 /* Certainly the right type, so needn't check */
760 scratch.d.assign_var.attnum = attnum - 1;
761 scratch.d.assign_var.resultnum = attnum - 1;
763 }
764 }
765
768
770
771 return projInfo;
772}
static void ExecPushExprSetupSteps(ExprState *state, ExprSetupInfo *info)
Definition execExpr.c:2925
static bool expr_setup_walker(Node *node, ExprSetupInfo *info)
Definition execExpr.c:3011
@ EEOP_CONST
Definition execExpr.h:115
char * format_type_be(Oid type_oid)
bool attisdropped
Definition tupdesc.h:78
static CompactAttribute * TupleDescCompactAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition tupdesc.h:195

References Assert, CompactAttribute::attisdropped, attnum, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), EEOP_ASSIGN_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_SCAN_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP, EEOP_CONST, EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecInitExprRec(), ExecPushExprSetupSteps(), ExecReadyExpr(), expr_setup_walker(), ExprEvalPushStep(), exprType(), fb(), forboth, format_type_be(), lfirst_int, lfirst_node, list_length(), makeNode, NIL, TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescCompactAttr(), and ExprContext::type.

Referenced by ExecInitMerge(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), and ExecInitUpdateProjection().

◆ ExecCheck()

bool ExecCheck ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
extern

Definition at line 905 of file execExpr.c.

906{
907 Datum ret;
908 bool isnull;
909
910 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecInitCheck) for empty restriction list */
911 if (state == NULL)
912 return true;
913
914 /* verify that expression was not compiled using ExecInitQual */
915 Assert(!(state->flags & EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL));
916
917 ret = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(state, econtext, &isnull);
918
919 if (isnull)
920 return true;
921
922 return DatumGetBool(ret);
923}
static Datum ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
Definition executor.h:446
static bool DatumGetBool(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:100

References Assert, DatumGetBool(), EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(), and fb().

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), check_default_partition_contents(), domain_check_input(), evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints(), ExecPartitionCheck(), ExecRelCheck(), ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(), and SplitPartitionMoveRows().

◆ ExecCheckIndexConstraints()

bool ExecCheckIndexConstraints ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
ItemPointer  conflictTid,
const ItemPointerData tupleid,
List arbiterIndexes 
)
extern

Definition at line 543 of file execIndexing.c.

546{
547 int i;
548 int numIndices;
550 Relation heapRelation;
552 ExprContext *econtext;
554 bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
556 bool checkedIndex = false;
557
560
561 /*
562 * Get information from the result relation info structure.
563 */
564 numIndices = resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices;
565 relationDescs = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs;
566 indexInfoArray = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo;
567 heapRelation = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
568
569 /*
570 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating predicates
571 * and index expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
572 */
573 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
574
575 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
576 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
577
578 /*
579 * For each index, form index tuple and check if it satisfies the
580 * constraint.
581 */
582 for (i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
583 {
584 Relation indexRelation = relationDescs[i];
585 IndexInfo *indexInfo;
587
588 if (indexRelation == NULL)
589 continue;
590
591 indexInfo = indexInfoArray[i];
592
593 if (!indexInfo->ii_Unique && !indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps)
594 continue;
595
596 /* If the index is marked as read-only, ignore it */
597 if (!indexInfo->ii_ReadyForInserts)
598 continue;
599
600 /* When specific arbiter indexes requested, only examine them */
601 if (arbiterIndexes != NIL &&
602 !list_member_oid(arbiterIndexes,
603 indexRelation->rd_index->indexrelid))
604 continue;
605
606 if (!indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate)
609 errmsg("ON CONFLICT does not support deferrable unique constraints/exclusion constraints as arbiters"),
610 errtableconstraint(heapRelation,
611 RelationGetRelationName(indexRelation))));
612
613 checkedIndex = true;
614
615 /* Check for partial index */
616 if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate != NIL)
617 {
619
620 /*
621 * If predicate state not set up yet, create it (in the estate's
622 * per-query context)
623 */
624 predicate = indexInfo->ii_PredicateState;
625 if (predicate == NULL)
626 {
627 predicate = ExecPrepareQual(indexInfo->ii_Predicate, estate);
628 indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = predicate;
629 }
630
631 /* Skip this index-update if the predicate isn't satisfied */
632 if (!ExecQual(predicate, econtext))
633 continue;
634 }
635
636 /*
637 * FormIndexDatum fills in its values and isnull parameters with the
638 * appropriate values for the column(s) of the index.
639 */
640 FormIndexDatum(indexInfo,
641 slot,
642 estate,
643 values,
644 isnull);
645
647 check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(heapRelation, indexRelation,
648 indexInfo, tupleid,
649 values, isnull, estate, false,
650 CEOUC_WAIT, true,
653 return false;
654 }
655
656 if (arbiterIndexes != NIL && !checkedIndex)
657 elog(ERROR, "unexpected failure to find arbiter index");
658
659 return true;
660}
ExprState * ExecPrepareQual(List *qual, EState *estate)
Definition execExpr.c:826
static bool ExecQual(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition executor.h:529
void FormIndexDatum(IndexInfo *indexInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, Datum *values, bool *isnull)
Definition index.c:2748
static void ItemPointerSetInvalid(ItemPointerData *pointer)
Definition itemptr.h:184
bool list_member_oid(const List *list, Oid datum)
Definition list.c:722
#define INDEX_MAX_KEYS
int errtableconstraint(Relation rel, const char *conname)
Definition relcache.c:6117
bool ii_Unique
Definition execnodes.h:214
ExprState * ii_PredicateState
Definition execnodes.h:199
Oid * ii_ExclusionOps
Definition execnodes.h:202
bool ii_ReadyForInserts
Definition execnodes.h:218
List * ii_Predicate
Definition execnodes.h:197
Form_pg_index rd_index
Definition rel.h:192
RelationPtr ri_IndexRelationDescs
Definition execnodes.h:519
IndexInfo ** ri_IndexRelationInfo
Definition execnodes.h:522

References CEOUC_WAIT, check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, errtableconstraint(), ExecPrepareQual(), ExecQual(), fb(), FormIndexDatum(), GetPerTupleExprContext, i, IndexInfo::ii_ExclusionOps, IndexInfo::ii_Predicate, IndexInfo::ii_PredicateState, IndexInfo::ii_ReadyForInserts, IndexInfo::ii_Unique, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), list_member_oid(), NIL, RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetRelationName, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and values.

Referenced by ExecInsert(), and FindConflictTuple().

◆ ExecCheckOneRelPerms()

bool ExecCheckOneRelPerms ( RTEPermissionInfo perminfo)
extern

Definition at line 657 of file execMain.c.

658{
659 AclMode requiredPerms;
662 Oid userid;
663 Oid relOid = perminfo->relid;
664
665 requiredPerms = perminfo->requiredPerms;
666 Assert(requiredPerms != 0);
667
668 /*
669 * userid to check as: current user unless we have a setuid indication.
670 *
671 * Note: GetUserId() is presently fast enough that there's no harm in
672 * calling it separately for each relation. If that stops being true, we
673 * could call it once in ExecCheckPermissions and pass the userid down
674 * from there. But for now, no need for the extra clutter.
675 */
676 userid = OidIsValid(perminfo->checkAsUser) ?
677 perminfo->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
678
679 /*
680 * We must have *all* the requiredPerms bits, but some of the bits can be
681 * satisfied from column-level rather than relation-level permissions.
682 * First, remove any bits that are satisfied by relation permissions.
683 */
684 relPerms = pg_class_aclmask(relOid, userid, requiredPerms, ACLMASK_ALL);
685 remainingPerms = requiredPerms & ~relPerms;
686 if (remainingPerms != 0)
687 {
688 int col = -1;
689
690 /*
691 * If we lack any permissions that exist only as relation permissions,
692 * we can fail straight away.
693 */
695 return false;
696
697 /*
698 * Check to see if we have the needed privileges at column level.
699 *
700 * Note: failures just report a table-level error; it would be nicer
701 * to report a column-level error if we have some but not all of the
702 * column privileges.
703 */
705 {
706 /*
707 * When the query doesn't explicitly reference any columns (for
708 * example, SELECT COUNT(*) FROM table), allow the query if we
709 * have SELECT on any column of the rel, as per SQL spec.
710 */
711 if (bms_is_empty(perminfo->selectedCols))
712 {
713 if (pg_attribute_aclcheck_all(relOid, userid, ACL_SELECT,
715 return false;
716 }
717
718 while ((col = bms_next_member(perminfo->selectedCols, col)) >= 0)
719 {
720 /* bit #s are offset by FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber */
722
723 if (attno == InvalidAttrNumber)
724 {
725 /* Whole-row reference, must have priv on all cols */
726 if (pg_attribute_aclcheck_all(relOid, userid, ACL_SELECT,
728 return false;
729 }
730 else
731 {
732 if (pg_attribute_aclcheck(relOid, attno, userid,
734 return false;
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 /*
740 * Basically the same for the mod columns, for both INSERT and UPDATE
741 * privilege as specified by remainingPerms.
742 */
745 userid,
746 perminfo->insertedCols,
747 ACL_INSERT))
748 return false;
749
752 userid,
753 perminfo->updatedCols,
754 ACL_UPDATE))
755 return false;
756 }
757 return true;
758}
@ ACLMASK_ANY
Definition acl.h:178
@ ACLMASK_ALL
Definition acl.h:177
AclResult pg_attribute_aclcheck_all(Oid table_oid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode, AclMaskHow how)
Definition aclchk.c:3953
AclMode pg_class_aclmask(Oid table_oid, Oid roleid, AclMode mask, AclMaskHow how)
Definition aclchk.c:3297
#define InvalidAttrNumber
Definition attnum.h:23
int bms_next_member(const Bitmapset *a, int prevbit)
Definition bitmapset.c:1290
#define bms_is_empty(a)
Definition bitmapset.h:118
static bool ExecCheckPermissionsModified(Oid relOid, Oid userid, Bitmapset *modifiedCols, AclMode requiredPerms)
Definition execMain.c:766
uint64 AclMode
Definition parsenodes.h:74
#define ACL_INSERT
Definition parsenodes.h:76
#define ACL_UPDATE
Definition parsenodes.h:78

References ACL_INSERT, ACL_SELECT, ACL_UPDATE, ACLCHECK_OK, ACLMASK_ALL, ACLMASK_ANY, Assert, bms_is_empty, bms_next_member(), ExecCheckPermissionsModified(), fb(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, GetUserId(), InvalidAttrNumber, OidIsValid, pg_attribute_aclcheck(), pg_attribute_aclcheck_all(), and pg_class_aclmask().

Referenced by ExecCheckPermissions(), and subquery_planner().

◆ ExecCheckPermissions()

bool ExecCheckPermissions ( List rangeTable,
List rteperminfos,
bool  ereport_on_violation 
)
extern

Definition at line 593 of file execMain.c.

595{
596 ListCell *l;
597 bool result = true;
598
599#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
601
602 /* Check that rteperminfos is consistent with rangeTable */
603 foreach(l, rangeTable)
604 {
606
607 if (rte->perminfoindex != 0)
608 {
609 /* Sanity checks */
610
611 /*
612 * Only relation RTEs and subquery RTEs that were once relation
613 * RTEs (views, property graphs) have their perminfoindex set.
614 */
615 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION ||
616 (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY &&
617 (rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW || rte->relkind == RELKIND_PROPGRAPH)));
618
619 (void) getRTEPermissionInfo(rteperminfos, rte);
620 /* Many-to-one mapping not allowed */
621 Assert(!bms_is_member(rte->perminfoindex, indexset));
622 indexset = bms_add_member(indexset, rte->perminfoindex);
623 }
624 }
625
626 /* All rteperminfos are referenced */
627 Assert(bms_num_members(indexset) == list_length(rteperminfos));
628#endif
629
630 foreach(l, rteperminfos)
631 {
633
634 Assert(OidIsValid(perminfo->relid));
636 if (!result)
637 {
638 if (ereport_on_violation)
641 get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
642 return false;
643 }
644 }
645
647 result = (*ExecutorCheckPerms_hook) (rangeTable, rteperminfos,
648 ereport_on_violation);
649 return result;
650}
@ ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV
Definition acl.h:185
int bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:744
uint32 result
ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type ExecutorCheckPerms_hook
Definition execMain.c:76
bool ExecCheckOneRelPerms(RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo)
Definition execMain.c:657
char * get_rel_name(Oid relid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2148
char get_rel_relkind(Oid relid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2223
ObjectType get_relkind_objtype(char relkind)
RTEPermissionInfo * getRTEPermissionInfo(List *rteperminfos, RangeTblEntry *rte)
@ RTE_SUBQUERY
@ RTE_RELATION

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, Assert, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), bms_num_members(), ExecCheckOneRelPerms(), ExecutorCheckPerms_hook, fb(), get_rel_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), getRTEPermissionInfo(), lfirst_node, list_length(), OidIsValid, result, RTE_RELATION, and RTE_SUBQUERY.

Referenced by DoCopy(), InitPlan(), and RI_Initial_Check().

◆ ExecCleanTargetListLength()

int ExecCleanTargetListLength ( List targetlist)
extern

Definition at line 1211 of file execUtils.c.

1212{
1213 int len = 0;
1214 ListCell *tl;
1215
1216 foreach(tl, targetlist)
1217 {
1219
1220 if (!curTle->resjunk)
1221 len++;
1222 }
1223 return len;
1224}

References fb(), len, and lfirst_node.

Referenced by ApplyRetrieveRule(), check_sql_stmt_retval(), and ExecTypeFromTLInternal().

◆ ExecCleanTypeFromTL()

TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL ( List targetList)
extern

Definition at line 2210 of file execTuples.c.

2211{
2212 return ExecTypeFromTLInternal(targetList, true);
2213}
static TupleDesc ExecTypeFromTLInternal(List *targetList, bool skipjunk)

References ExecTypeFromTLInternal().

Referenced by ExecInitJunkFilter(), PlanCacheComputeResultDesc(), and PortalStart().

◆ ExecCloseIndices()

void ExecCloseIndices ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo)
extern

Definition at line 240 of file execIndexing.c.

241{
242 int i;
243 int numIndices;
246
247 numIndices = resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices;
248 indexDescs = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs;
249 indexInfos = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo;
250
251 for (i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
252 {
253 /* This Assert will fail if ExecCloseIndices is called twice */
254 Assert(indexDescs[i] != NULL);
255
256 /* Give the index a chance to do some post-insert cleanup */
258
259 /* Drop lock acquired by ExecOpenIndices */
261
262 /* Mark the index as closed */
263 indexDescs[i] = NULL;
264 }
265
266 /*
267 * We don't attempt to free the IndexInfo data structures or the arrays,
268 * instead assuming that such stuff will be cleaned up automatically in
269 * FreeExecutorState.
270 */
271}
void index_insert_cleanup(Relation indexRelation, IndexInfo *indexInfo)
Definition indexam.c:242
void index_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition indexam.c:178
#define RowExclusiveLock
Definition lockdefs.h:38

References Assert, fb(), i, index_close(), index_insert_cleanup(), ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, and RowExclusiveLock.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete(), apply_handle_insert(), apply_handle_update_internal(), CatalogCloseIndexes(), ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), ExecCloseResultRelations(), and release_change_context().

◆ ExecCloseRangeTableRelations()

void ExecCloseRangeTableRelations ( EState estate)
extern

Definition at line 1664 of file execMain.c.

1665{
1666 int i;
1667
1668 for (i = 0; i < estate->es_range_table_size; i++)
1669 {
1670 if (estate->es_relations[i])
1671 table_close(estate->es_relations[i], NoLock);
1672 }
1673}
#define NoLock
Definition lockdefs.h:34
void table_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition table.c:126

References EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_relations, i, NoLock, and table_close().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and ExecEndPlan().

◆ ExecCloseResultRelations()

void ExecCloseResultRelations ( EState estate)
extern

Definition at line 1604 of file execMain.c.

1605{
1606 ListCell *l;
1607
1608 /*
1609 * close indexes of result relation(s) if any. (Rels themselves are
1610 * closed in ExecCloseRangeTableRelations())
1611 *
1612 * In addition, close the stub RTs that may be in each resultrel's
1613 * ri_ancestorResultRels.
1614 */
1615 foreach(l, estate->es_opened_result_relations)
1616 {
1617 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo = lfirst(l);
1618 ListCell *lc;
1619
1620 ExecCloseIndices(resultRelInfo);
1621 foreach(lc, resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels)
1622 {
1624
1625 /*
1626 * Ancestors with RTI > 0 (should only be the root ancestor) are
1627 * closed by ExecCloseRangeTableRelations.
1628 */
1629 if (rInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex > 0)
1630 continue;
1631
1632 table_close(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc, NoLock);
1633 }
1634 }
1635
1636 /* Close any relations that have been opened by ExecGetTriggerResultRel(). */
1637 foreach(l, estate->es_trig_target_relations)
1638 {
1639 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo = (ResultRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
1640
1641 /*
1642 * Assert this is a "dummy" ResultRelInfo, see above. Otherwise we
1643 * might be issuing a duplicate close against a Relation opened by
1644 * ExecGetRangeTableRelation.
1645 */
1646 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex == 0);
1647
1648 /*
1649 * Since ExecGetTriggerResultRel doesn't call ExecOpenIndices for
1650 * these rels, we needn't call ExecCloseIndices either.
1651 */
1652 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices == 0);
1653
1654 table_close(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc, NoLock);
1655 }
1656}
void ExecCloseIndices(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
Index ri_RangeTableIndex
Definition execnodes.h:510
List * ri_ancestorResultRels
Definition execnodes.h:664

References Assert, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_trig_target_relations, ExecCloseIndices(), fb(), lfirst, NoLock, ResultRelInfo::ri_ancestorResultRels, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RangeTableIndex, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and table_close().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), CopyFrom(), EvalPlanQualEnd(), and ExecEndPlan().

◆ ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo()

void ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo ( PlanState planstate,
TupleDesc  inputDesc,
int  varno 
)
extern

Definition at line 608 of file execUtils.c.

610{
611 if (tlist_matches_tupdesc(planstate,
612 planstate->plan->targetlist,
613 varno,
614 inputDesc))
615 {
616 planstate->ps_ProjInfo = NULL;
617 planstate->resultopsset = planstate->scanopsset;
618 planstate->resultopsfixed = planstate->scanopsfixed;
619 planstate->resultops = planstate->scanops;
620 }
621 else
622 {
623 if (!planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot)
624 {
626 planstate->resultops = &TTSOpsVirtual;
627 planstate->resultopsfixed = true;
628 planstate->resultopsset = true;
629 }
631 }
632}
const TupleTableSlotOps TTSOpsVirtual
Definition execTuples.c:84
void ExecInitResultSlot(PlanState *planstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
static bool tlist_matches_tupdesc(PlanState *ps, List *tlist, int varno, TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition execUtils.c:635
void ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState *planstate, TupleDesc inputDesc)
Definition execUtils.c:588
const TupleTableSlotOps * resultops
Definition execnodes.h:1280
bool resultopsset
Definition execnodes.h:1288
const TupleTableSlotOps * scanops
Definition execnodes.h:1277
bool scanopsset
Definition execnodes.h:1285
bool scanopsfixed
Definition execnodes.h:1281
bool resultopsfixed
Definition execnodes.h:1284

References ExecAssignProjectionInfo(), ExecInitResultSlot(), fb(), PlanState::plan, PlanState::ps_ProjInfo, PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, PlanState::resultops, PlanState::resultopsfixed, PlanState::resultopsset, PlanState::scanops, PlanState::scanopsfixed, PlanState::scanopsset, Plan::targetlist, tlist_matches_tupdesc(), and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(), ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno(), ExecInitGather(), and ExecInitGatherMerge().

◆ ExecConstraints()

void ExecConstraints ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 2009 of file execMain.c.

2011{
2012 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2013 TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
2014 TupleConstr *constr = tupdesc->constr;
2017
2018 Assert(constr); /* we should not be called otherwise */
2019
2020 /*
2021 * Verify not-null constraints.
2022 *
2023 * Not-null constraints on virtual generated columns are collected and
2024 * checked separately below.
2025 */
2026 if (constr->has_not_null)
2027 {
2028 for (AttrNumber attnum = 1; attnum <= tupdesc->natts; attnum++)
2029 {
2030 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1);
2031
2032 if (att->attnotnull && att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
2034 else if (att->attnotnull && slot_attisnull(slot, attnum))
2035 ReportNotNullViolationError(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, attnum);
2036 }
2037 }
2038
2039 /*
2040 * Verify not-null constraints on virtual generated column, if any.
2041 */
2043 {
2045
2046 attnum = ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(resultRelInfo, slot, estate,
2049 ReportNotNullViolationError(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, attnum);
2050 }
2051
2052 /*
2053 * Verify check constraints.
2054 */
2055 if (rel->rd_rel->relchecks > 0)
2056 {
2057 const char *failed;
2058
2059 if ((failed = ExecRelCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate)) != NULL)
2060 {
2061 char *val_desc;
2062 Relation orig_rel = rel;
2063
2064 /*
2065 * If the tuple has been routed, it's been converted to the
2066 * partition's rowtype, which might differ from the root table's.
2067 * We must convert it back to the root table's rowtype so that
2068 * val_desc shown error message matches the input tuple.
2069 */
2070 if (resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
2071 {
2072 ResultRelInfo *rootrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
2074 AttrMap *map;
2075
2076 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
2077 /* a reverse map */
2079 tupdesc,
2080 false);
2081
2082 /*
2083 * Partition-specific slot's tupdesc can't be changed, so
2084 * allocate a new one.
2085 */
2086 if (map != NULL)
2087 slot = execute_attr_map_slot(map, slot,
2088 MakeTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual, 0));
2090 ExecGetUpdatedCols(rootrel, estate));
2091 rel = rootrel->ri_RelationDesc;
2092 }
2093 else
2094 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(resultRelInfo, estate),
2095 ExecGetUpdatedCols(resultRelInfo, estate));
2097 slot,
2098 tupdesc,
2100 64);
2101 ereport(ERROR,
2103 errmsg("new row for relation \"%s\" violates check constraint \"%s\"",
2105 val_desc ? errdetail("Failing row contains %s.", val_desc) : 0,
2106 errtableconstraint(orig_rel, failed)));
2107 }
2108 }
2109}
AttrMap * build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, bool missing_ok)
Definition attmap.c:261
Bitmapset * bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:251
static void ReportNotNullViolationError(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, int attnum)
Definition execMain.c:2188
char * ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(Oid reloid, TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleDesc tupdesc, Bitmapset *modifiedCols, int maxfieldlen)
Definition execMain.c:2420
AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, List *notnull_virtual_attrs)
Definition execMain.c:2123
static const char * ExecRelCheck(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
Definition execMain.c:1807
TupleTableSlot * MakeTupleTableSlot(TupleDesc tupleDesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops, uint16 flags)
Bitmapset * ExecGetInsertedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:1387
Bitmapset * ExecGetUpdatedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:1408
#define RelationGetRelid(relation)
Definition rel.h:516
#define RelationGetDescr(relation)
Definition rel.h:542
struct ResultRelInfo * ri_RootResultRelInfo
Definition execnodes.h:654
bool has_not_null
Definition tupdesc.h:45
TupleConstr * constr
Definition tupdesc.h:159
TupleTableSlot * execute_attr_map_slot(AttrMap *attrMap, TupleTableSlot *in_slot, TupleTableSlot *out_slot)
Definition tupconvert.c:193
static bool slot_attisnull(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum)
Definition tuptable.h:403

References Assert, attnum, bms_union(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), TupleDescData::constr, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg, ERROR, errtableconstraint(), ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), ExecRelCheck(), ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(), execute_attr_map_slot(), fb(), TupleConstr::has_not_null, InvalidAttrNumber, lappend_int(), MakeTupleTableSlot(), TupleDescData::natts, NIL, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReportNotNullViolationError(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, slot_attisnull(), TTSOpsVirtual, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateAct().

◆ ExecCreateScanSlotFromOuterPlan()

void ExecCreateScanSlotFromOuterPlan ( EState estate,
ScanState scanstate,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)
extern

Definition at line 709 of file execUtils.c.

712{
714 TupleDesc tupDesc;
715
717 tupDesc = ExecGetResultType(outerPlan);
718
719 ExecInitScanTupleSlot(estate, scanstate, tupDesc, tts_ops, 0);
720}
void ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops, uint16 flags)
TupleDesc ExecGetResultType(PlanState *planstate)
Definition execUtils.c:500
#define outerPlanState(node)
Definition execnodes.h:1299
#define outerPlan(node)
Definition plannodes.h:267

References ExecGetResultType(), ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), fb(), outerPlan, and outerPlanState.

Referenced by ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitIncrementalSort(), ExecInitMaterial(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitSort(), and ExecInitWindowAgg().

◆ execCurrentOf()

bool execCurrentOf ( CurrentOfExpr cexpr,
ExprContext econtext,
Oid  table_oid,
ItemPointer  current_tid 
)
extern

Definition at line 44 of file execCurrent.c.

48{
49 char *cursor_name;
50 char *table_name;
51 Portal portal;
52 QueryDesc *queryDesc;
53
54 /* Get the cursor name --- may have to look up a parameter reference */
55 if (cexpr->cursor_name)
56 cursor_name = cexpr->cursor_name;
57 else
58 cursor_name = fetch_cursor_param_value(econtext, cexpr->cursor_param);
59
60 /* Fetch table name for possible use in error messages */
61 table_name = get_rel_name(table_oid);
62 if (table_name == NULL)
63 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", table_oid);
64
65 /* Find the cursor's portal */
66 portal = GetPortalByName(cursor_name);
67 if (!PortalIsValid(portal))
70 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not exist", cursor_name)));
71
72 /*
73 * We have to watch out for non-SELECT queries as well as held cursors,
74 * both of which may have null queryDesc.
75 */
76 if (portal->strategy != PORTAL_ONE_SELECT)
79 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a SELECT query",
80 cursor_name)));
81 queryDesc = portal->queryDesc;
82 if (queryDesc == NULL || queryDesc->estate == NULL)
85 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is held from a previous transaction",
86 cursor_name)));
87
88 /*
89 * We have two different strategies depending on whether the cursor uses
90 * FOR UPDATE/SHARE or not. The reason for supporting both is that the
91 * FOR UPDATE code is able to identify a target table in many cases where
92 * the other code can't, while the non-FOR-UPDATE case allows use of WHERE
93 * CURRENT OF with an insensitive cursor.
94 */
95 if (queryDesc->estate->es_rowmarks)
96 {
98 Index i;
99
100 /*
101 * Here, the query must have exactly one FOR UPDATE/SHARE reference to
102 * the target table, and we dig the ctid info out of that.
103 */
104 erm = NULL;
105 for (i = 0; i < queryDesc->estate->es_range_table_size; i++)
106 {
107 ExecRowMark *thiserm = queryDesc->estate->es_rowmarks[i];
108
109 if (thiserm == NULL ||
111 continue; /* ignore non-FOR UPDATE/SHARE items */
112
113 if (thiserm->relid == table_oid)
114 {
115 if (erm)
118 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" has multiple FOR UPDATE/SHARE references to table \"%s\"",
119 cursor_name, table_name)));
120 erm = thiserm;
121 }
122 }
123
124 if (erm == NULL)
127 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not have a FOR UPDATE/SHARE reference to table \"%s\"",
128 cursor_name, table_name)));
129
130 /*
131 * The cursor must have a current result row: per the SQL spec, it's
132 * an error if not.
133 */
134 if (portal->atStart || portal->atEnd)
137 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not positioned on a row",
138 cursor_name)));
139
140 /* Return the currently scanned TID, if there is one */
141 if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(erm->curCtid)))
142 {
143 *current_tid = erm->curCtid;
144 return true;
145 }
146
147 /*
148 * This table didn't produce the cursor's current row; some other
149 * inheritance child of the same parent must have. Signal caller to
150 * do nothing on this table.
151 */
152 return false;
153 }
154 else
155 {
156 /*
157 * Without FOR UPDATE, we dig through the cursor's plan to find the
158 * scan node. Fail if it's not there or buried underneath
159 * aggregation.
160 */
162 bool pending_rescan = false;
163
166 if (!scanstate)
169 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a simply updatable scan of table \"%s\"",
170 cursor_name, table_name)));
171
172 /*
173 * The cursor must have a current result row: per the SQL spec, it's
174 * an error if not. We test this at the top level, rather than at the
175 * scan node level, because in inheritance cases any one table scan
176 * could easily not be on a row. We want to return false, not raise
177 * error, if the passed-in table OID is for one of the inactive scans.
178 */
179 if (portal->atStart || portal->atEnd)
182 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not positioned on a row",
183 cursor_name)));
184
185 /*
186 * Now OK to return false if we found an inactive scan. It is
187 * inactive either if it's not positioned on a row, or there's a
188 * rescan pending for it.
189 */
190 if (TupIsNull(scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot) || pending_rescan)
191 return false;
192
193 /*
194 * Extract TID of the scan's current row. The mechanism for this is
195 * in principle scan-type-dependent, but for most scan types, we can
196 * just dig the TID out of the physical scan tuple.
197 */
199 {
200 /*
201 * For IndexOnlyScan, the tuple stored in ss_ScanTupleSlot may be
202 * a virtual tuple that does not have the ctid column, so we have
203 * to get the TID from xs_heaptid.
204 */
205 IndexScanDesc scan = ((IndexOnlyScanState *) scanstate)->ioss_ScanDesc;
206
207 *current_tid = scan->xs_heaptid;
208 }
209 else
210 {
211 /*
212 * Default case: try to fetch TID from the scan node's current
213 * tuple. As an extra cross-check, verify tableoid in the current
214 * tuple. If the scan hasn't provided a physical tuple, we have
215 * to fail.
216 */
217 Datum ldatum;
218 bool lisnull;
220
221#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
222 ldatum = slot_getsysattr(scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot,
224 &lisnull);
225 if (lisnull)
228 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a simply updatable scan of table \"%s\"",
229 cursor_name, table_name)));
231#endif
232
233 ldatum = slot_getsysattr(scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot,
235 &lisnull);
236 if (lisnull)
239 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a simply updatable scan of table \"%s\"",
240 cursor_name, table_name)));
242
244 }
245
247
248 return true;
249 }
250}
static ScanState * search_plan_tree(PlanState *node, Oid table_oid, bool *pending_rescan)
static char * fetch_cursor_param_value(ExprContext *econtext, int paramId)
ItemPointerData * ItemPointer
Definition itemptr.h:49
static bool ItemPointerIsValid(const ItemPointerData *pointer)
Definition itemptr.h:83
@ PORTAL_ONE_SELECT
Definition portal.h:91
#define PortalIsValid(p)
Definition portal.h:211
Portal GetPortalByName(const char *name)
Definition portalmem.c:132
char * cursor_name
Definition primnodes.h:2126
ItemPointerData xs_heaptid
Definition relscan.h:185
QueryDesc * queryDesc
Definition portal.h:156
bool atEnd
Definition portal.h:199
bool atStart
Definition portal.h:198
PortalStrategy strategy
Definition portal.h:146
EState * estate
Definition execdesc.h:50
PlanState * planstate
Definition execdesc.h:51
#define TableOidAttributeNumber
Definition sysattr.h:26
#define SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber
Definition sysattr.h:21
static Datum slot_getsysattr(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum, bool *isnull)
Definition tuptable.h:438

References Assert, PortalData::atEnd, PortalData::atStart, CurrentOfExpr::cursor_name, CurrentOfExpr::cursor_param, DatumGetObjectId(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_rowmarks, QueryDesc::estate, fb(), fetch_cursor_param_value(), get_rel_name(), GetPortalByName(), i, IsA, ItemPointerIsValid(), QueryDesc::planstate, PORTAL_ONE_SELECT, PortalIsValid, PortalData::queryDesc, RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock, search_plan_tree(), SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber, slot_getsysattr(), PortalData::strategy, TableOidAttributeNumber, TupIsNull, and IndexScanDescData::xs_heaptid.

Referenced by TidListEval().

◆ ExecEndNode()

void ExecEndNode ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 543 of file execProcnode.c.

544{
545 /*
546 * do nothing when we get to the end of a leaf on tree.
547 */
548 if (node == NULL)
549 return;
550
551 /*
552 * Make sure there's enough stack available. Need to check here, in
553 * addition to ExecProcNode() (via ExecProcNodeFirst()), because it's not
554 * guaranteed that ExecProcNode() is reached for all nodes.
555 */
557
558 if (node->chgParam != NULL)
559 {
560 bms_free(node->chgParam);
561 node->chgParam = NULL;
562 }
563
564 switch (nodeTag(node))
565 {
566 /*
567 * control nodes
568 */
569 case T_ResultState:
570 ExecEndResult((ResultState *) node);
571 break;
572
575 break;
576
579 break;
580
581 case T_AppendState:
582 ExecEndAppend((AppendState *) node);
583 break;
584
587 break;
588
591 break;
592
593 case T_BitmapAndState:
595 break;
596
597 case T_BitmapOrState:
599 break;
600
601 /*
602 * scan nodes
603 */
604 case T_SeqScanState:
606 break;
607
610 break;
611
612 case T_GatherState:
613 ExecEndGather((GatherState *) node);
614 break;
615
618 break;
619
620 case T_IndexScanState:
622 break;
623
626 break;
627
630 break;
631
634 break;
635
636 case T_TidScanState:
638 break;
639
642 break;
643
646 break;
647
650 break;
651
654 break;
655
656 case T_CteScanState:
658 break;
659
662 break;
663
666 break;
667
668 /*
669 * join nodes
670 */
671 case T_NestLoopState:
673 break;
674
675 case T_MergeJoinState:
677 break;
678
679 case T_HashJoinState:
681 break;
682
683 /*
684 * materialization nodes
685 */
686 case T_MaterialState:
688 break;
689
690 case T_SortState:
691 ExecEndSort((SortState *) node);
692 break;
693
696 break;
697
698 case T_MemoizeState:
700 break;
701
702 case T_GroupState:
703 ExecEndGroup((GroupState *) node);
704 break;
705
706 case T_AggState:
707 ExecEndAgg((AggState *) node);
708 break;
709
710 case T_WindowAggState:
712 break;
713
714 case T_UniqueState:
715 ExecEndUnique((UniqueState *) node);
716 break;
717
718 case T_HashState:
719 ExecEndHash((HashState *) node);
720 break;
721
722 case T_SetOpState:
723 ExecEndSetOp((SetOpState *) node);
724 break;
725
726 case T_LockRowsState:
728 break;
729
730 case T_LimitState:
731 ExecEndLimit((LimitState *) node);
732 break;
733
734 /* No clean up actions for these nodes. */
738 break;
739
740 default:
741 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
742 break;
743 }
744}
void bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:239
void ExecEndAgg(AggState *node)
Definition nodeAgg.c:4396
void ExecEndAppend(AppendState *node)
Definition nodeAppend.c:403
void ExecEndBitmapAnd(BitmapAndState *node)
void ExecEndBitmapHeapScan(BitmapHeapScanState *node)
void ExecEndBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScanState *node)
void ExecEndBitmapOr(BitmapOrState *node)
void ExecEndCteScan(CteScanState *node)
void ExecEndCustomScan(CustomScanState *node)
Definition nodeCustom.c:125
void ExecEndForeignScan(ForeignScanState *node)
void ExecEndFunctionScan(FunctionScanState *node)
void ExecEndGatherMerge(GatherMergeState *node)
void ExecEndGather(GatherState *node)
Definition nodeGather.c:252
void ExecEndGroup(GroupState *node)
Definition nodeGroup.c:227
void ExecEndHash(HashState *node)
Definition nodeHash.c:452
void ExecEndHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
void ExecEndIncrementalSort(IncrementalSortState *node)
void ExecEndIndexOnlyScan(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecEndIndexScan(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecEndLimit(LimitState *node)
Definition nodeLimit.c:534
void ExecEndLockRows(LockRowsState *node)
void ExecEndMaterial(MaterialState *node)
void ExecEndMemoize(MemoizeState *node)
void ExecEndMergeAppend(MergeAppendState *node)
void ExecEndMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
void ExecEndModifyTable(ModifyTableState *node)
void ExecEndNestLoop(NestLoopState *node)
void ExecEndProjectSet(ProjectSetState *node)
void ExecEndRecursiveUnion(RecursiveUnionState *node)
void ExecEndResult(ResultState *node)
Definition nodeResult.c:240
void ExecEndSampleScan(SampleScanState *node)
void ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
void ExecEndSetOp(SetOpState *node)
Definition nodeSetOp.c:692
void ExecEndSort(SortState *node)
Definition nodeSort.c:301
void ExecEndSubqueryScan(SubqueryScanState *node)
void ExecEndTableFuncScan(TableFuncScanState *node)
void ExecEndTidRangeScan(TidRangeScanState *node)
void ExecEndTidScan(TidScanState *node)
void ExecEndUnique(UniqueState *node)
Definition nodeUnique.c:168
void ExecEndWindowAgg(WindowAggState *node)
#define nodeTag(nodeptr)
Definition nodes.h:139
void check_stack_depth(void)
Definition stack_depth.c:95
Bitmapset * chgParam
Definition execnodes.h:1235

References bms_free(), check_stack_depth(), PlanState::chgParam, elog, ERROR, ExecEndAgg(), ExecEndAppend(), ExecEndBitmapAnd(), ExecEndBitmapHeapScan(), ExecEndBitmapIndexScan(), ExecEndBitmapOr(), ExecEndCteScan(), ExecEndCustomScan(), ExecEndForeignScan(), ExecEndFunctionScan(), ExecEndGather(), ExecEndGatherMerge(), ExecEndGroup(), ExecEndHash(), ExecEndHashJoin(), ExecEndIncrementalSort(), ExecEndIndexOnlyScan(), ExecEndIndexScan(), ExecEndLimit(), ExecEndLockRows(), ExecEndMaterial(), ExecEndMemoize(), ExecEndMergeAppend(), ExecEndMergeJoin(), ExecEndModifyTable(), ExecEndNestLoop(), ExecEndProjectSet(), ExecEndRecursiveUnion(), ExecEndResult(), ExecEndSampleScan(), ExecEndSeqScan(), ExecEndSetOp(), ExecEndSort(), ExecEndSubqueryScan(), ExecEndTableFuncScan(), ExecEndTidRangeScan(), ExecEndTidScan(), ExecEndUnique(), ExecEndWindowAgg(), fb(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by EvalPlanQualEnd(), ExecEndAgg(), ExecEndAppend(), ExecEndBitmapAnd(), ExecEndBitmapHeapScan(), ExecEndBitmapOr(), ExecEndForeignScan(), ExecEndGather(), ExecEndGatherMerge(), ExecEndGroup(), ExecEndHash(), ExecEndHashJoin(), ExecEndIncrementalSort(), ExecEndLimit(), ExecEndLockRows(), ExecEndMaterial(), ExecEndMemoize(), ExecEndMergeAppend(), ExecEndMergeJoin(), ExecEndModifyTable(), ExecEndNestLoop(), ExecEndPlan(), ExecEndProjectSet(), ExecEndRecursiveUnion(), ExecEndResult(), ExecEndSetOp(), ExecEndSort(), ExecEndSubqueryScan(), ExecEndUnique(), and ExecEndWindowAgg().

◆ ExecEvalExpr()

◆ ExecEvalExprNoReturn()

static void ExecEvalExprNoReturn ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 428 of file executor.h.

430{
432
433 retDatum = state->evalfunc(state, econtext, NULL);
434
435 Assert(retDatum == (Datum) 0);
436}
#define PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY
Definition c.h:249

References Assert, fb(), and PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY.

Referenced by ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext().

◆ ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext()

static void ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 468 of file executor.h.

470{
472
474 ExecEvalExprNoReturn(state, econtext);
476}
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturn(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition executor.h:428

References ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, ExecEvalExprNoReturn(), fb(), and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by advance_aggregates(), and ExecProject().

◆ ExecEvalExprSwitchContext()

◆ ExecFilterJunk()

TupleTableSlot * ExecFilterJunk ( JunkFilter junkfilter,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 247 of file execJunk.c.

248{
252 int cleanLength;
253 int i;
254 Datum *values;
255 bool *isnull;
257 bool *old_isnull;
258
259 /*
260 * Extract all the values of the old tuple.
261 */
262 slot_getallattrs(slot);
263 old_values = slot->tts_values;
264 old_isnull = slot->tts_isnull;
265
266 /*
267 * get info from the junk filter
268 */
269 cleanTupType = junkfilter->jf_cleanTupType;
270 cleanLength = cleanTupType->natts;
271 cleanMap = junkfilter->jf_cleanMap;
272 resultSlot = junkfilter->jf_resultSlot;
273
274 /*
275 * Prepare to build a virtual result tuple.
276 */
278 values = resultSlot->tts_values;
279 isnull = resultSlot->tts_isnull;
280
281 /*
282 * Transpose data into proper fields of the new tuple.
283 */
284 for (i = 0; i < cleanLength; i++)
285 {
286 int j = cleanMap[i];
287
288 if (j == 0)
289 {
290 values[i] = (Datum) 0;
291 isnull[i] = true;
292 }
293 else
294 {
295 values[i] = old_values[j - 1];
296 isnull[i] = old_isnull[j - 1];
297 }
298 }
299
300 /*
301 * And return the virtual tuple.
302 */
304}
int j
Definition isn.c:78

References ExecClearTuple(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), fb(), i, j, slot_getallattrs(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, and values.

Referenced by ExecEvalWholeRowVar(), ExecutePlan(), and sqlfunction_receive().

◆ ExecFindJunkAttribute()

AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttribute ( JunkFilter junkfilter,
const char attrName 
)
extern

Definition at line 210 of file execJunk.c.

211{
212 return ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(junkfilter->jf_targetList, attrName);
213}

References ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(), and fb().

◆ ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist()

AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist ( List targetlist,
const char attrName 
)
extern

Definition at line 222 of file execJunk.c.

223{
224 ListCell *t;
225
226 foreach(t, targetlist)
227 {
228 TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(t);
229
230 if (tle->resjunk && tle->resname &&
231 (strcmp(tle->resname, attrName) == 0))
232 {
233 /* We found it ! */
234 return tle->resno;
235 }
236 }
237
238 return InvalidAttrNumber;
239}

References fb(), InvalidAttrNumber, and lfirst.

Referenced by create_foreign_modify(), ExecBuildAuxRowMark(), ExecFindJunkAttribute(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecFindRowMark()

ExecRowMark * ExecFindRowMark ( EState estate,
Index  rti,
bool  missing_ok 
)
extern

Definition at line 2585 of file execMain.c.

2586{
2587 if (rti > 0 && rti <= estate->es_range_table_size &&
2588 estate->es_rowmarks != NULL)
2589 {
2590 ExecRowMark *erm = estate->es_rowmarks[rti - 1];
2591
2592 if (erm)
2593 return erm;
2594 }
2595 if (!missing_ok)
2596 elog(ERROR, "failed to find ExecRowMark for rangetable index %u", rti);
2597 return NULL;
2598}

References elog, ERROR, EState::es_rowmarks, and fb().

Referenced by ExecInitLockRows(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecGetAllNullSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetAllNullSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 1299 of file execUtils.c.

1300{
1301 if (relInfo->ri_AllNullSlot == NULL)
1302 {
1303 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1304 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1305 TupleTableSlot *slot;
1306
1307 slot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate,
1308 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1311
1312 relInfo->ri_AllNullSlot = slot;
1313
1314 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1315 }
1316
1317 return relInfo->ri_AllNullSlot;
1318}
TupleTableSlot * ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(EState *estate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreAllNullTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
const TupleTableSlotOps * table_slot_callbacks(Relation relation)
Definition tableam.c:59

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), ExecStoreAllNullTuple(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by ExecProcessReturning().

◆ ExecGetAllUpdatedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetAllUpdatedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1444 of file execUtils.c.

1445{
1446 Bitmapset *ret;
1448
1450
1451 ret = bms_union(ExecGetUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
1453
1455
1456 return ret;
1457}
Bitmapset * ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:1429
#define GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate)
Definition executor.h:672

References bms_union(), ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecASUpdateTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecBSUpdateTriggers(), and ExecUpdateLockMode().

◆ ExecGetAncestorResultRels()

List * ExecGetAncestorResultRels ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 1459 of file execMain.c.

1460{
1462 Relation partRel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1464
1465 if (!partRel->rd_rel->relispartition)
1466 elog(ERROR, "cannot find ancestors of a non-partition result relation");
1468 rootRelOid = RelationGetRelid(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1469 if (resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels == NIL)
1470 {
1471 ListCell *lc;
1474
1475 foreach(lc, oids)
1476 {
1480
1481 /*
1482 * Ignore the root ancestor here, and use ri_RootResultRelInfo
1483 * (below) for it instead. Also, we stop climbing up the
1484 * hierarchy when we find the table that was mentioned in the
1485 * query.
1486 */
1487 if (ancOid == rootRelOid)
1488 break;
1489
1490 /*
1491 * All ancestors up to the root target relation must have been
1492 * locked by the planner or AcquireExecutorLocks().
1493 */
1496
1497 /* dummy rangetable index */
1499 estate->es_instrument);
1501 }
1503 resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels = ancResultRels;
1504 }
1505
1506 /* We must have found some ancestor */
1507 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels != NIL);
1508
1509 return resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels;
1510}
void InitResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Relation resultRelationDesc, Index resultRelationIndex, ResultRelInfo *partition_root_rri, int instrument_options)
Definition execMain.c:1271
List * lappend(List *list, void *datum)
Definition list.c:339
List * get_partition_ancestors(Oid relid)
Definition partition.c:134
Relation table_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition table.c:40

References Assert, elog, ERROR, EState::es_instrument, fb(), get_partition_ancestors(), InitResultRelInfo(), lappend(), lfirst_oid, makeNode, NIL, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_ancestorResultRels, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, and table_open().

Referenced by ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey().

◆ ExecGetChildToRootMap()

TupleConversionMap * ExecGetChildToRootMap ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo)
extern

Definition at line 1326 of file execUtils.c.

1327{
1328 /* If we didn't already do so, compute the map for this child. */
1329 if (!resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMapValid)
1330 {
1332
1333 if (rootRelInfo)
1334 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap =
1336 RelationGetDescr(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc));
1337 else /* this isn't a child result rel */
1338 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap = NULL;
1339
1340 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMapValid = true;
1341 }
1342
1343 return resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap;
1344}
TupleConversionMap * ri_ChildToRootMap
Definition execnodes.h:636
bool ri_ChildToRootMapValid
Definition execnodes.h:637
TupleConversionMap * convert_tuples_by_name(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc)
Definition tupconvert.c:103

References convert_tuples_by_name(), fb(), RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMap, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMapValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo.

Referenced by adjust_partition_colnos(), AfterTriggerExecute(), AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), ExecDelete(), ExecForPortionOfLeftovers(), and TransitionTableAddTuple().

◆ ExecGetCommonChildSlotOps()

const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetCommonChildSlotOps ( PlanState ps)
extern

Definition at line 568 of file execUtils.c.

569{
571
575}
const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetCommonSlotOps(PlanState **planstates, int nplans)
Definition execUtils.c:541
#define innerPlanState(node)
Definition execnodes.h:1298
struct parser_state ps

References ExecGetCommonSlotOps(), fb(), innerPlanState, outerPlanState, and ps.

Referenced by build_hash_table(), and build_hash_table().

◆ ExecGetCommonSlotOps()

const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetCommonSlotOps ( PlanState **  planstates,
int  nplans 
)
extern

Definition at line 541 of file execUtils.c.

542{
544 bool isfixed;
545
546 if (nplans <= 0)
547 return NULL;
548 result = ExecGetResultSlotOps(planstates[0], &isfixed);
549 if (!isfixed)
550 return NULL;
551 for (int i = 1; i < nplans; i++)
552 {
554
556 if (!isfixed)
557 return NULL;
558 if (result != thisops)
559 return NULL;
560 }
561 return result;
562}
const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetResultSlotOps(PlanState *planstate, bool *isfixed)
Definition execUtils.c:509

References ExecGetResultSlotOps(), fb(), i, and result.

Referenced by ExecGetCommonChildSlotOps(), ExecInitAppend(), and ExecInitMergeAppend().

◆ ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1429 of file execUtils.c.

1430{
1431 /* Compute the info if we didn't already */
1432 if (!relinfo->ri_extraUpdatedCols_valid)
1434 return relinfo->ri_extraUpdatedCols;
1435}
void ExecInitGenerated(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, CmdType cmdtype)

References CMD_UPDATE, ExecInitGenerated(), and fb().

Referenced by ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), and index_unchanged_by_update().

◆ ExecGetInsertedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetInsertedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1387 of file execUtils.c.

1388{
1390
1391 if (perminfo == NULL)
1392 return NULL;
1393
1394 /* Map the columns to child's attribute numbers if needed. */
1395 if (relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
1396 {
1398
1399 if (map)
1400 return execute_attr_map_cols(map->attrMap, perminfo->insertedCols);
1401 }
1402
1403 return perminfo->insertedCols;
1404}
TupleConversionMap * ExecGetRootToChildMap(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:1352
static RTEPermissionInfo * GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:1464
AttrMap * attrMap
Definition tupconvert.h:28
Bitmapset * execute_attr_map_cols(AttrMap *attrMap, Bitmapset *in_cols)
Definition tupconvert.c:253

References TupleConversionMap::attrMap, ExecGetRootToChildMap(), execute_attr_map_cols(), fb(), and GetResultRTEPermissionInfo().

Referenced by ExecConstraints(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), get_tuple_desc(), and ReportNotNullViolationError().

◆ ExecGetJunkAttribute()

static Datum ExecGetJunkAttribute ( TupleTableSlot slot,
AttrNumber  attno,
bool isNull 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 226 of file executor.h.

227{
228 Assert(attno > 0);
229 return slot_getattr(slot, attno, isNull);
230}
static Datum slot_getattr(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum, bool *isnull)
Definition tuptable.h:417

References Assert, and slot_getattr().

Referenced by EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark(), ExecLockRows(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecModifyTable(), and execute_foreign_modify().

◆ ExecGetRangeTableRelation()

Relation ExecGetRangeTableRelation ( EState estate,
Index  rti,
bool  isResultRel 
)
extern

Definition at line 851 of file execUtils.c.

852{
853 Relation rel;
854
855 Assert(rti > 0 && rti <= estate->es_range_table_size);
856
857 if (!isResultRel && !bms_is_member(rti, estate->es_unpruned_relids))
858 elog(ERROR, "trying to open a pruned relation");
859
860 rel = estate->es_relations[rti - 1];
861 if (rel == NULL)
862 {
863 /* First time through, so open the relation */
864 RangeTblEntry *rte = exec_rt_fetch(rti, estate);
865
866 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
867
868 if (!IsParallelWorker())
869 {
870 /*
871 * In a normal query, we should already have the appropriate lock,
872 * but verify that through an Assert. Since there's already an
873 * Assert inside table_open that insists on holding some lock, it
874 * seems sufficient to check this only when rellockmode is higher
875 * than the minimum.
876 */
877 rel = table_open(rte->relid, NoLock);
878 Assert(rte->rellockmode == AccessShareLock ||
879 CheckRelationLockedByMe(rel, rte->rellockmode, false));
880 }
881 else
882 {
883 /*
884 * If we are a parallel worker, we need to obtain our own local
885 * lock on the relation. This ensures sane behavior in case the
886 * parent process exits before we do.
887 */
888 rel = table_open(rte->relid, rte->rellockmode);
889 }
890
891 estate->es_relations[rti - 1] = rel;
892 }
893
894 return rel;
895}
static RangeTblEntry * exec_rt_fetch(Index rti, EState *estate)
Definition executor.h:710
#define IsParallelWorker()
Definition parallel.h:62
bool CheckRelationLockedByMe(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
Definition lmgr.c:334
#define AccessShareLock
Definition lockdefs.h:36

References AccessShareLock, Assert, bms_is_member(), CheckRelationLockedByMe(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_relations, EState::es_unpruned_relids, exec_rt_fetch(), fb(), IsParallelWorker, NoLock, RTE_RELATION, and table_open().

Referenced by CreatePartitionPruneState(), ExecInitResultRelation(), ExecOpenScanRelation(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecGetResultRelCheckAsUser()

Oid ExecGetResultRelCheckAsUser ( ResultRelInfo relInfo,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1515 of file execUtils.c.

1516{
1518
1519 /* XXX - maybe ok to return GetUserId() in this case? */
1520 if (perminfo == NULL)
1521 elog(ERROR, "no RTEPermissionInfo found for result relation with OID %u",
1522 RelationGetRelid(relInfo->ri_RelationDesc));
1523
1524 return perminfo->checkAsUser ? perminfo->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
1525}

References elog, ERROR, fb(), GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(), GetUserId(), and RelationGetRelid.

Referenced by create_foreign_modify().

◆ ExecGetResultSlotOps()

const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetResultSlotOps ( PlanState planstate,
bool isfixed 
)
extern

Definition at line 509 of file execUtils.c.

510{
511 if (planstate->resultopsset && planstate->resultops)
512 {
513 if (isfixed)
514 *isfixed = planstate->resultopsfixed;
515 return planstate->resultops;
516 }
517
518 if (isfixed)
519 {
520 if (planstate->resultopsset)
521 *isfixed = planstate->resultopsfixed;
522 else if (planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot)
523 *isfixed = TTS_FIXED(planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot);
524 else
525 *isfixed = false;
526 }
527
528 if (!planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot)
529 return &TTSOpsVirtual;
530
531 return planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot->tts_ops;
532}
const TupleTableSlotOps *const tts_ops
Definition tuptable.h:127
#define TTS_FIXED(slot)
Definition tuptable.h:108

References PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, PlanState::resultops, PlanState::resultopsfixed, PlanState::resultopsset, TTS_FIXED, TupleTableSlot::tts_ops, and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecGetCommonSlotOps(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitLockRows(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), and ExecInitSubqueryScan().

◆ ExecGetResultType()

◆ ExecGetReturningSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetReturningSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 1274 of file execUtils.c.

1275{
1276 if (relInfo->ri_ReturningSlot == NULL)
1277 {
1278 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1279 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1280
1281 relInfo->ri_ReturningSlot =
1283 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1285
1286 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1287 }
1288
1289 return relInfo->ri_ReturningSlot;
1290}

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by apply_returning_filter(), ExecDelete(), and ExecInsert().

◆ ExecGetRootToChildMap()

TupleConversionMap * ExecGetRootToChildMap ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1352 of file execUtils.c.

1353{
1354 /* Mustn't get called for a non-child result relation. */
1355 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
1356
1357 /* If we didn't already do so, compute the map for this child. */
1358 if (!resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMapValid)
1359 {
1361 TupleDesc indesc = RelationGetDescr(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1362 TupleDesc outdesc = RelationGetDescr(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1363 Relation childrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1364 AttrMap *attrMap;
1365 MemoryContext oldcontext;
1366
1367 /*
1368 * When this child table is not a partition (!relispartition), it may
1369 * have columns that are not present in the root table, which we ask
1370 * to ignore by passing true for missing_ok.
1371 */
1372 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1373 attrMap = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(indesc, outdesc,
1374 !childrel->rd_rel->relispartition);
1375 if (attrMap)
1376 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMap =
1377 convert_tuples_by_name_attrmap(indesc, outdesc, attrMap);
1378 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1379 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMapValid = true;
1380 }
1381
1382 return resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMap;
1383}
TupleConversionMap * ri_RootToChildMap
Definition execnodes.h:642
bool ri_RootToChildMapValid
Definition execnodes.h:643
TupleConversionMap * convert_tuples_by_name_attrmap(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, AttrMap *attrMap)
Definition tupconvert.c:125

References Assert, build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), convert_tuples_by_name_attrmap(), EState::es_query_cxt, fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMap, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMapValid.

Referenced by apply_handle_tuple_routing(), CopyFrom(), ExecFindPartition(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInitRoutingInfo(), ExecInsert(), and ExecPrepareTupleRouting().

◆ ExecGetTriggerNewSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetTriggerNewSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 1252 of file execUtils.c.

1253{
1254 if (relInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot == NULL)
1255 {
1256 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1257 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1258
1259 relInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot =
1261 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1263
1264 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1265 }
1266
1267 return relInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot;
1268}

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by AfterTriggerExecute(), and AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ ExecGetTriggerOldSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetTriggerOldSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 1230 of file execUtils.c.

1231{
1232 if (relInfo->ri_TrigOldSlot == NULL)
1233 {
1234 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1235 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1236
1237 relInfo->ri_TrigOldSlot =
1239 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1241
1242 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1243 }
1244
1245 return relInfo->ri_TrigOldSlot;
1246}

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by AfterTriggerExecute(), AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), ExecARDeleteTriggers(), ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecBRDeleteTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecIRDeleteTriggers(), and ExecIRUpdateTriggers().

◆ ExecGetTriggerResultRel()

ResultRelInfo * ExecGetTriggerResultRel ( EState estate,
Oid  relid,
ResultRelInfo rootRelInfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 1372 of file execMain.c.

1374{
1376 ListCell *l;
1377 Relation rel;
1378 MemoryContext oldcontext;
1379
1380 /*
1381 * Before creating a new ResultRelInfo, check if we've already made and
1382 * cached one for this relation. We must ensure that the given
1383 * 'rootRelInfo' matches the one stored in the cached ResultRelInfo as
1384 * trigger handling for partitions can result in mixed requirements for
1385 * what ri_RootResultRelInfo is set to.
1386 */
1387
1388 /* Search through the query result relations */
1389 foreach(l, estate->es_opened_result_relations)
1390 {
1391 rInfo = lfirst(l);
1392 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == relid &&
1393 rInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == rootRelInfo)
1394 return rInfo;
1395 }
1396
1397 /*
1398 * Search through the result relations that were created during tuple
1399 * routing, if any.
1400 */
1401 foreach(l, estate->es_tuple_routing_result_relations)
1402 {
1403 rInfo = (ResultRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
1404 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == relid &&
1405 rInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == rootRelInfo)
1406 return rInfo;
1407 }
1408
1409 /* Nope, but maybe we already made an extra ResultRelInfo for it */
1410 foreach(l, estate->es_trig_target_relations)
1411 {
1412 rInfo = (ResultRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
1413 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == relid &&
1414 rInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == rootRelInfo)
1415 return rInfo;
1416 }
1417 /* Nope, so we need a new one */
1418
1419 /*
1420 * Open the target relation's relcache entry. We assume that an
1421 * appropriate lock is still held by the backend from whenever the trigger
1422 * event got queued, so we need take no new lock here. Also, we need not
1423 * recheck the relkind, so no need for CheckValidResultRel.
1424 */
1425 rel = table_open(relid, NoLock);
1426
1427 /*
1428 * Make the new entry in the right context.
1429 */
1430 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1433 rel,
1434 0, /* dummy rangetable index */
1436 estate->es_instrument);
1437 estate->es_trig_target_relations =
1439 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1440
1441 /*
1442 * Currently, we don't need any index information in ResultRelInfos used
1443 * only for triggers, so no need to call ExecOpenIndices.
1444 */
1445
1446 return rInfo;
1447}

References EState::es_instrument, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_trig_target_relations, EState::es_tuple_routing_result_relations, fb(), InitResultRelInfo(), lappend(), lfirst, makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NoLock, RelationGetRelid, and table_open().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents().

◆ ExecGetUpdatedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetUpdatedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1408 of file execUtils.c.

1409{
1411
1412 if (perminfo == NULL)
1413 return NULL;
1414
1415 /* Map the columns to child's attribute numbers if needed. */
1416 if (relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
1417 {
1419
1420 if (map)
1421 return execute_attr_map_cols(map->attrMap, perminfo->updatedCols);
1422 }
1423
1424 return perminfo->updatedCols;
1425}

References TupleConversionMap::attrMap, ExecGetRootToChildMap(), execute_attr_map_cols(), fb(), and GetResultRTEPermissionInfo().

Referenced by ExecConstraints(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), ExecInitGenerated(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), get_tuple_desc(), index_unchanged_by_update(), and ReportNotNullViolationError().

◆ ExecGetUpdateNewTuple()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
TupleTableSlot planSlot,
TupleTableSlot oldSlot 
)
extern

Definition at line 832 of file nodeModifyTable.c.

835{
836 ProjectionInfo *newProj = relinfo->ri_projectNew;
837 ExprContext *econtext;
838
839 /* Use a few extra Asserts to protect against outside callers */
840 Assert(relinfo->ri_projectNewInfoValid);
841 Assert(planSlot != NULL && !TTS_EMPTY(planSlot));
843
844 econtext = newProj->pi_exprContext;
845 econtext->ecxt_outertuple = planSlot;
846 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = oldSlot;
847 return ExecProject(newProj);
848}
static TupleTableSlot * ExecProject(ProjectionInfo *projInfo)
Definition executor.h:493
#define TTS_EMPTY(slot)
Definition tuptable.h:92

References Assert, ExprContext::ecxt_outertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, ExecProject(), fb(), and TTS_EMPTY.

Referenced by ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), ExecModifyTable(), and ExecUpdate().

◆ ExecInitCheck()

ExprState * ExecInitCheck ( List qual,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 336 of file execExpr.c.

337{
338 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecCheck) for empty restriction list */
339 if (qual == NIL)
340 return NULL;
341
342 Assert(IsA(qual, List));
343
344 /*
345 * Just convert the implicit-AND list to an explicit AND (if there's more
346 * than one entry), and compile normally. Unlike ExecQual, we can't
347 * short-circuit on NULL results, so the regular AND behavior is needed.
348 */
349 return ExecInitExpr(make_ands_explicit(qual), parent);
350}
ExprState * ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
Definition execExpr.c:143
Expr * make_ands_explicit(List *andclauses)
Definition makefuncs.c:799

References Assert, ExecInitExpr(), fb(), IsA, make_ands_explicit(), and NIL.

Referenced by ExecPrepareCheck().

◆ ExecInitExpr()

◆ ExecInitExprList()

List * ExecInitExprList ( List nodes,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

◆ ExecInitExprWithContext()

ExprState * ExecInitExprWithContext ( Expr node,
PlanState parent,
Node escontext 
)
extern

Definition at line 163 of file execExpr.c.

164{
166 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
167
168 /* Special case: NULL expression produces a NULL ExprState pointer */
169 if (node == NULL)
170 return NULL;
171
172 /* Initialize ExprState with empty step list */
174 state->expr = node;
175 state->parent = parent;
176 state->ext_params = NULL;
177 state->escontext = (ErrorSaveContext *) escontext;
178
179 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
181
182 /* Compile the expression proper */
183 ExecInitExprRec(node, state, &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
184
185 /* Finally, append a DONE step */
186 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
188
190
191 return state;
192}

References EEOP_DONE_RETURN, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), and makeNode.

Referenced by ExecInitExpr(), and ExecPrepareExprWithContext().

◆ ExecInitExprWithParams()

ExprState * ExecInitExprWithParams ( Expr node,
ParamListInfo  ext_params 
)
extern

Definition at line 201 of file execExpr.c.

202{
204 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
205
206 /* Special case: NULL expression produces a NULL ExprState pointer */
207 if (node == NULL)
208 return NULL;
209
210 /* Initialize ExprState with empty step list */
212 state->expr = node;
213 state->parent = NULL;
214 state->ext_params = ext_params;
215
216 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
218
219 /* Compile the expression proper */
220 ExecInitExprRec(node, state, &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
221
222 /* Finally, append a DONE step */
223 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
225
227
228 return state;
229}

References EEOP_DONE_RETURN, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), and makeNode.

Referenced by exec_eval_simple_expr(), and InitPartitionPruneContext().

◆ ExecInitExtraTupleSlot()

◆ ExecInitFunctionResultSet()

SetExprState * ExecInitFunctionResultSet ( Expr expr,
ExprContext econtext,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 446 of file execSRF.c.

448{
450
451 state->funcReturnsSet = true;
452 state->expr = expr;
453 state->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;
454
455 /*
456 * Initialize metadata. The expression node could be either a FuncExpr or
457 * an OpExpr.
458 */
459 if (IsA(expr, FuncExpr))
460 {
461 FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) expr;
462
463 state->args = ExecInitExprList(func->args, parent);
464 init_sexpr(func->funcid, func->inputcollid, expr, state, parent,
465 econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory, true, true);
466 }
467 else if (IsA(expr, OpExpr))
468 {
469 OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) expr;
470
471 state->args = ExecInitExprList(op->args, parent);
472 init_sexpr(op->opfuncid, op->inputcollid, expr, state, parent,
473 econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory, true, true);
474 }
475 else
476 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
477 (int) nodeTag(expr));
478
479 /* shouldn't get here unless the selected function returns set */
480 Assert(state->func.fn_retset);
481
482 return state;
483}
List * ExecInitExprList(List *nodes, PlanState *parent)
Definition execExpr.c:356
static void init_sexpr(Oid foid, Oid input_collation, Expr *node, SetExprState *sexpr, PlanState *parent, MemoryContext sexprCxt, bool allowSRF, bool needDescForSRF)
Definition execSRF.c:698
Oid funcid
Definition primnodes.h:783
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:801
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:869

References FuncExpr::args, OpExpr::args, Assert, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, elog, ERROR, ExecInitExprList(), FuncExpr::funcid, init_sexpr(), InvalidOid, IsA, makeNode, and nodeTag.

Referenced by ExecInitProjectSet().

◆ ExecInitJunkFilter()

JunkFilter * ExecInitJunkFilter ( List targetList,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 60 of file execJunk.c.

61{
64 int cleanLength;
66
67 /*
68 * Compute the tuple descriptor for the cleaned tuple.
69 */
71
72 /*
73 * Use the given slot, or make a new slot if we weren't given one.
74 */
75 if (slot)
77 else
79
80 /*
81 * Now calculate the mapping between the original tuple's attributes and
82 * the "clean" tuple's attributes.
83 *
84 * The "map" is an array of "cleanLength" attribute numbers, i.e. one
85 * entry for every attribute of the "clean" tuple. The value of this entry
86 * is the attribute number of the corresponding attribute of the
87 * "original" tuple. (Zero indicates a NULL output attribute, but we do
88 * not use that feature in this routine.)
89 */
91 if (cleanLength > 0)
92 {
94 ListCell *t;
95
97 cleanResno = 0;
98 foreach(t, targetList)
99 {
100 TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(t);
101
102 if (!tle->resjunk)
103 {
104 cleanMap[cleanResno] = tle->resno;
105 cleanResno++;
106 }
107 }
109 }
110 else
111 cleanMap = NULL;
112
113 /*
114 * Finally create and initialize the JunkFilter struct.
115 */
117
118 junkfilter->jf_targetList = targetList;
119 junkfilter->jf_cleanTupType = cleanTupType;
120 junkfilter->jf_cleanMap = cleanMap;
121 junkfilter->jf_resultSlot = slot;
122
123 return junkfilter;
124}
TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL(List *targetList)
void * palloc(Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1387

References Assert, ExecCleanTypeFromTL(), ExecSetSlotDescriptor(), fb(), lfirst, makeNode, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), palloc(), and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecInitWholeRowVar(), init_execution_state(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecInitJunkFilterConversion()

JunkFilter * ExecInitJunkFilterConversion ( List targetList,
TupleDesc  cleanTupType,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 137 of file execJunk.c.

140{
142 int cleanLength;
144 ListCell *t;
145 int i;
146
147 /*
148 * Use the given slot, or make a new slot if we weren't given one.
149 */
150 if (slot)
152 else
154
155 /*
156 * Calculate the mapping between the original tuple's attributes and the
157 * "clean" tuple's attributes.
158 *
159 * The "map" is an array of "cleanLength" attribute numbers, i.e. one
160 * entry for every attribute of the "clean" tuple. The value of this entry
161 * is the attribute number of the corresponding attribute of the
162 * "original" tuple. We store zero for any deleted attributes, marking
163 * that a NULL is needed in the output tuple.
164 */
165 cleanLength = cleanTupType->natts;
166 if (cleanLength > 0)
167 {
169 t = list_head(targetList);
170 for (i = 0; i < cleanLength; i++)
171 {
172 if (TupleDescCompactAttr(cleanTupType, i)->attisdropped)
173 continue; /* map entry is already zero */
174 for (;;)
175 {
176 TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(t);
177
178 t = lnext(targetList, t);
179 if (!tle->resjunk)
180 {
181 cleanMap[i] = tle->resno;
182 break;
183 }
184 }
185 }
186 }
187 else
188 cleanMap = NULL;
189
190 /*
191 * Finally create and initialize the JunkFilter struct.
192 */
194
195 junkfilter->jf_targetList = targetList;
196 junkfilter->jf_cleanTupType = cleanTupType;
197 junkfilter->jf_cleanMap = cleanMap;
198 junkfilter->jf_resultSlot = slot;
199
200 return junkfilter;
201}
static ListCell * list_head(const List *l)
Definition pg_list.h:128
static ListCell * lnext(const List *l, const ListCell *c)
Definition pg_list.h:375

References ExecSetSlotDescriptor(), fb(), i, lfirst, list_head(), lnext(), makeNode, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), palloc0(), TTSOpsVirtual, and TupleDescCompactAttr().

Referenced by init_execution_state().

◆ ExecInitNode()

PlanState * ExecInitNode ( Plan node,
EState estate,
int  eflags 
)
extern

Definition at line 142 of file execProcnode.c.

143{
145 List *subps;
146 ListCell *l;
147
148 /*
149 * do nothing when we get to the end of a leaf on tree.
150 */
151 if (node == NULL)
152 return NULL;
153
154 /*
155 * Make sure there's enough stack available. Need to check here, in
156 * addition to ExecProcNode() (via ExecProcNodeFirst()), to ensure the
157 * stack isn't overrun while initializing the node tree.
158 */
160
161 switch (nodeTag(node))
162 {
163 /*
164 * control nodes
165 */
166 case T_Result:
167 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitResult((Result *) node,
168 estate, eflags);
169 break;
170
171 case T_ProjectSet:
173 estate, eflags);
174 break;
175
176 case T_ModifyTable:
178 estate, eflags);
179 break;
180
181 case T_Append:
182 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitAppend((Append *) node,
183 estate, eflags);
184 break;
185
186 case T_MergeAppend:
188 estate, eflags);
189 break;
190
191 case T_RecursiveUnion:
193 estate, eflags);
194 break;
195
196 case T_BitmapAnd:
198 estate, eflags);
199 break;
200
201 case T_BitmapOr:
203 estate, eflags);
204 break;
205
206 /*
207 * scan nodes
208 */
209 case T_SeqScan:
211 estate, eflags);
212 break;
213
214 case T_SampleScan:
216 estate, eflags);
217 break;
218
219 case T_IndexScan:
221 estate, eflags);
222 break;
223
224 case T_IndexOnlyScan:
226 estate, eflags);
227 break;
228
231 estate, eflags);
232 break;
233
234 case T_BitmapHeapScan:
236 estate, eflags);
237 break;
238
239 case T_TidScan:
241 estate, eflags);
242 break;
243
244 case T_TidRangeScan:
246 estate, eflags);
247 break;
248
249 case T_SubqueryScan:
251 estate, eflags);
252 break;
253
254 case T_FunctionScan:
256 estate, eflags);
257 break;
258
259 case T_TableFuncScan:
261 estate, eflags);
262 break;
263
264 case T_ValuesScan:
266 estate, eflags);
267 break;
268
269 case T_CteScan:
271 estate, eflags);
272 break;
273
276 estate, eflags);
277 break;
278
279 case T_WorkTableScan:
281 estate, eflags);
282 break;
283
284 case T_ForeignScan:
286 estate, eflags);
287 break;
288
289 case T_CustomScan:
291 estate, eflags);
292 break;
293
294 /*
295 * join nodes
296 */
297 case T_NestLoop:
299 estate, eflags);
300 break;
301
302 case T_MergeJoin:
304 estate, eflags);
305 break;
306
307 case T_HashJoin:
309 estate, eflags);
310 break;
311
312 /*
313 * materialization nodes
314 */
315 case T_Material:
317 estate, eflags);
318 break;
319
320 case T_Sort:
321 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSort((Sort *) node,
322 estate, eflags);
323 break;
324
327 estate, eflags);
328 break;
329
330 case T_Memoize:
331 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitMemoize((Memoize *) node, estate,
332 eflags);
333 break;
334
335 case T_Group:
336 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitGroup((Group *) node,
337 estate, eflags);
338 break;
339
340 case T_Agg:
341 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitAgg((Agg *) node,
342 estate, eflags);
343 break;
344
345 case T_WindowAgg:
347 estate, eflags);
348 break;
349
350 case T_Unique:
351 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitUnique((Unique *) node,
352 estate, eflags);
353 break;
354
355 case T_Gather:
356 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitGather((Gather *) node,
357 estate, eflags);
358 break;
359
360 case T_GatherMerge:
362 estate, eflags);
363 break;
364
365 case T_Hash:
366 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitHash((Hash *) node,
367 estate, eflags);
368 break;
369
370 case T_SetOp:
371 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSetOp((SetOp *) node,
372 estate, eflags);
373 break;
374
375 case T_LockRows:
377 estate, eflags);
378 break;
379
380 case T_Limit:
381 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitLimit((Limit *) node,
382 estate, eflags);
383 break;
384
385 default:
386 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
387 result = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
388 break;
389 }
390
391 ExecSetExecProcNode(result, result->ExecProcNode);
392
393 /*
394 * Initialize any initPlans present in this node. The planner put them in
395 * a separate list for us.
396 *
397 * The defining characteristic of initplans is that they don't have
398 * arguments, so we don't need to evaluate them (in contrast to
399 * ExecInitSubPlanExpr()).
400 */
401 subps = NIL;
402 foreach(l, node->initPlan)
403 {
404 SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(l);
405 SubPlanState *sstate;
406
407 Assert(IsA(subplan, SubPlan));
408 Assert(subplan->args == NIL);
409 sstate = ExecInitSubPlan(subplan, result);
410 subps = lappend(subps, sstate);
411 }
412 result->initPlan = subps;
413
414 /* Set up instrumentation for this node if requested */
415 if (estate->es_instrument)
416 result->instrument = InstrAllocNode(estate->es_instrument,
417 result->async_capable);
418
419 return result;
420}
void ExecSetExecProcNode(PlanState *node, ExecProcNodeMtd function)
NodeInstrumentation * InstrAllocNode(int instrument_options, bool async_mode)
Definition instrument.c:112
AggState * ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeAgg.c:3281
AppendState * ExecInitAppend(Append *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeAppend.c:111
BitmapAndState * ExecInitBitmapAnd(BitmapAnd *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
BitmapHeapScanState * ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(BitmapHeapScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
BitmapIndexScanState * ExecInitBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
BitmapOrState * ExecInitBitmapOr(BitmapOr *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
CteScanState * ExecInitCteScan(CteScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
CustomScanState * ExecInitCustomScan(CustomScan *cscan, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeCustom.c:26
ForeignScanState * ExecInitForeignScan(ForeignScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
FunctionScanState * ExecInitFunctionScan(FunctionScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
GatherMergeState * ExecInitGatherMerge(GatherMerge *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
GatherState * ExecInitGather(Gather *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeGather.c:54
GroupState * ExecInitGroup(Group *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeGroup.c:162
HashState * ExecInitHash(Hash *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeHash.c:399
HashJoinState * ExecInitHashJoin(HashJoin *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
IncrementalSortState * ExecInitIncrementalSort(IncrementalSort *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
IndexOnlyScanState * ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(IndexOnlyScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
IndexScanState * ExecInitIndexScan(IndexScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
LimitState * ExecInitLimit(Limit *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeLimit.c:447
LockRowsState * ExecInitLockRows(LockRows *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
MaterialState * ExecInitMaterial(Material *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
MemoizeState * ExecInitMemoize(Memoize *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
MergeAppendState * ExecInitMergeAppend(MergeAppend *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
MergeJoinState * ExecInitMergeJoin(MergeJoin *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
ModifyTableState * ExecInitModifyTable(ModifyTable *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
NamedTuplestoreScanState * ExecInitNamedTuplestoreScan(NamedTuplestoreScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
NestLoopState * ExecInitNestLoop(NestLoop *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
ProjectSetState * ExecInitProjectSet(ProjectSet *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
RecursiveUnionState * ExecInitRecursiveUnion(RecursiveUnion *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
ResultState * ExecInitResult(Result *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeResult.c:180
SampleScanState * ExecInitSampleScan(SampleScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
SeqScanState * ExecInitSeqScan(SeqScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
SetOpState * ExecInitSetOp(SetOp *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeSetOp.c:573
SortState * ExecInitSort(Sort *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeSort.c:221
SubPlanState * ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlan *subplan, PlanState *parent)
SubqueryScanState * ExecInitSubqueryScan(SubqueryScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
TableFuncScanState * ExecInitTableFuncScan(TableFuncScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
TidRangeScanState * ExecInitTidRangeScan(TidRangeScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
TidScanState * ExecInitTidScan(TidScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
UniqueState * ExecInitUnique(Unique *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition nodeUnique.c:114
ValuesScanState * ExecInitValuesScan(ValuesScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
WindowAggState * ExecInitWindowAgg(WindowAgg *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
WorkTableScanState * ExecInitWorkTableScan(WorkTableScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
List * initPlan
Definition plannodes.h:242
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:1125

References SubPlan::args, Assert, check_stack_depth(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_instrument, ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitAppend(), ExecInitBitmapAnd(), ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitBitmapIndexScan(), ExecInitBitmapOr(), ExecInitCteScan(), ExecInitCustomScan(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitFunctionScan(), ExecInitGather(), ExecInitGatherMerge(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHash(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitIncrementalSort(), ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitLockRows(), ExecInitMaterial(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitMergeAppend(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitProjectSet(), ExecInitRecursiveUnion(), ExecInitResult(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSeqScan(), ExecInitSetOp(), ExecInitSort(), ExecInitSubPlan(), ExecInitSubqueryScan(), ExecInitTableFuncScan(), ExecInitTidRangeScan(), ExecInitTidScan(), ExecInitUnique(), ExecInitValuesScan(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), ExecInitWorkTableScan(), ExecSetExecProcNode(), fb(), Plan::initPlan, InstrAllocNode(), IsA, lappend(), lfirst, NIL, nodeTag, and result.

Referenced by EvalPlanQualStart(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitAppend(), ExecInitBitmapAnd(), ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitBitmapOr(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitGather(), ExecInitGatherMerge(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHash(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitIncrementalSort(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitLockRows(), ExecInitMaterial(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitMergeAppend(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitProjectSet(), ExecInitRecursiveUnion(), ExecInitResult(), ExecInitSetOp(), ExecInitSort(), ExecInitSubqueryScan(), ExecInitUnique(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecInitNullTupleSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecInitNullTupleSlot ( EState estate,
TupleDesc  tupType,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)
extern

Definition at line 2113 of file execTuples.c.

2115{
2116 TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate, tupType, tts_ops);
2117
2118 return ExecStoreAllNullTuple(slot);
2119}

References ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), ExecStoreAllNullTuple(), and fb().

Referenced by ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), and ExecInitNestLoop().

◆ ExecInitQual()

ExprState * ExecInitQual ( List qual,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 250 of file execExpr.c.

251{
253 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
255
256 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecQual) for empty restriction list */
257 if (qual == NIL)
258 return NULL;
259
260 Assert(IsA(qual, List));
261
263 state->expr = (Expr *) qual;
264 state->parent = parent;
265 state->ext_params = NULL;
266
267 /* mark expression as to be used with ExecQual() */
268 state->flags = EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL;
269
270 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
272
273 /*
274 * ExecQual() needs to return false for an expression returning NULL. That
275 * allows us to short-circuit the evaluation the first time a NULL is
276 * encountered. As qual evaluation is a hot-path this warrants using a
277 * special opcode for qual evaluation that's simpler than BOOL_AND (which
278 * has more complex NULL handling).
279 */
280 scratch.opcode = EEOP_QUAL;
281
282 /*
283 * We can use ExprState's resvalue/resnull as target for each qual expr.
284 */
285 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
286 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
287
288 foreach_ptr(Expr, node, qual)
289 {
290 /* first evaluate expression */
291 ExecInitExprRec(node, state, &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
292
293 /* then emit EEOP_QUAL to detect if it's false (or null) */
294 scratch.d.qualexpr.jumpdone = -1;
297 state->steps_len - 1);
298 }
299
300 /* adjust jump targets */
302 {
303 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[jump];
304
305 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_QUAL);
306 Assert(as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone == -1);
307 as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
308 }
309
310 /*
311 * At the end, we don't need to do anything more. The last qual expr must
312 * have yielded TRUE, and since its result is stored in the desired output
313 * location, we're done.
314 */
315 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
317
319
320 return state;
321}
#define foreach_ptr(type, var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:501
#define foreach_int(var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:502

References Assert, EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_QUAL, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), fb(), foreach_int, foreach_ptr, IsA, lappend_int(), makeNode, and NIL.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitCteScan(), ExecInitCustomScan(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitFunctionScan(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitMerge(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInitResult(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSeqScan(), ExecInitSubqueryScan(), ExecInitTableFuncScan(), ExecInitTidRangeScan(), ExecInitTidScan(), ExecInitValuesScan(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), ExecInitWorkTableScan(), and ExecPrepareQual().

◆ ExecInitRangeTable()

void ExecInitRangeTable ( EState estate,
List rangeTable,
List permInfos,
Bitmapset unpruned_relids 
)
extern

Definition at line 799 of file execUtils.c.

801{
802 /* Remember the range table List as-is */
803 estate->es_range_table = rangeTable;
804
805 /* ... and the RTEPermissionInfo List too */
806 estate->es_rteperminfos = permInfos;
807
808 /* Set size of associated arrays */
810
811 /*
812 * Initialize the bitmapset of RT indexes (es_unpruned_relids)
813 * representing relations that will be scanned during execution. This set
814 * is initially populated by the caller and may be extended later by
815 * ExecDoInitialPruning() to include RT indexes of unpruned leaf
816 * partitions.
817 */
819
820 /*
821 * Allocate an array to store an open Relation corresponding to each
822 * rangetable entry, and initialize entries to NULL. Relations are opened
823 * and stored here as needed.
824 */
825 estate->es_relations = (Relation *)
826 palloc0(estate->es_range_table_size * sizeof(Relation));
827
828 /*
829 * es_result_relations and es_rowmarks are also parallel to
830 * es_range_table, but are allocated only if needed.
831 */
832 estate->es_result_relations = NULL;
833 estate->es_rowmarks = NULL;
834}

References EState::es_range_table, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_relations, EState::es_result_relations, EState::es_rowmarks, EState::es_rteperminfos, EState::es_unpruned_relids, fb(), list_length(), and palloc0().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), create_edata_for_relation(), create_estate_for_relation(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecInitResultRelation()

void ExecInitResultRelation ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
Index  rti 
)
extern

Definition at line 906 of file execUtils.c.

908{
910
912 InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo,
914 rti,
915 NULL,
916 estate->es_instrument);
917
918 if (estate->es_result_relations == NULL)
920 palloc0(estate->es_range_table_size * sizeof(ResultRelInfo *));
921 estate->es_result_relations[rti - 1] = resultRelInfo;
922
923 /*
924 * Saving in the list allows to avoid needlessly traversing the whole
925 * array when only a few of its entries are possibly non-NULL.
926 */
928 lappend(estate->es_opened_result_relations, resultRelInfo);
929}
Relation ExecGetRangeTableRelation(EState *estate, Index rti, bool isResultRel)
Definition execUtils.c:851

References EState::es_instrument, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_result_relations, ExecGetRangeTableRelation(), fb(), InitResultRelInfo(), lappend(), and palloc0().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecInitResultSlot()

void ExecInitResultSlot ( PlanState planstate,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)
extern

Definition at line 2044 of file execTuples.c.

2045{
2046 TupleTableSlot *slot;
2047
2048 slot = ExecAllocTableSlot(&planstate->state->es_tupleTable,
2049 planstate->ps_ResultTupleDesc, tts_ops, 0);
2050 planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot = slot;
2051
2052 planstate->resultopsfixed = planstate->ps_ResultTupleDesc != NULL;
2053 planstate->resultops = tts_ops;
2054 planstate->resultopsset = true;
2055}
EState * state
Definition execnodes.h:1203

References EState::es_tupleTable, ExecAllocTableSlot(), fb(), PlanState::ps_ResultTupleDesc, PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, PlanState::resultops, PlanState::resultopsfixed, PlanState::resultopsset, and PlanState::state.

Referenced by ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo(), and ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL().

◆ ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL()

◆ ExecInitResultTypeTL()

◆ ExecInitScanTupleSlot()

void ExecInitScanTupleSlot ( EState estate,
ScanState scanstate,
TupleDesc  tupledesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops,
uint16  flags 
)
extern

◆ ExecInitTableFunctionResult()

SetExprState * ExecInitTableFunctionResult ( Expr expr,
ExprContext econtext,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 57 of file execSRF.c.

59{
61
62 state->funcReturnsSet = false;
63 state->expr = expr;
64 state->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;
65
66 /*
67 * Normally the passed expression tree will be a FuncExpr, since the
68 * grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
69 * function reference. However, if the function doesn't return set then
70 * the planner might have replaced the function call via constant-folding
71 * or inlining. So if we see any other kind of expression node, execute
72 * it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code. That code path will not
73 * support set-returning functions buried in the expression, though.
74 */
75 if (IsA(expr, FuncExpr))
76 {
77 FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) expr;
78
79 state->funcReturnsSet = func->funcretset;
80 state->args = ExecInitExprList(func->args, parent);
81
82 init_sexpr(func->funcid, func->inputcollid, expr, state, parent,
83 econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory, func->funcretset, false);
84 }
85 else
86 {
87 state->elidedFuncState = ExecInitExpr(expr, parent);
88 }
89
90 return state;
91}

References FuncExpr::args, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, ExecInitExpr(), ExecInitExprList(), FuncExpr::funcid, init_sexpr(), InvalidOid, IsA, and makeNode.

Referenced by ExecInitFunctionScan().

◆ ExecInsertIndexTuples()

List * ExecInsertIndexTuples ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
uint32  options,
TupleTableSlot slot,
List arbiterIndexes,
bool specConflict 
)
extern

Definition at line 311 of file execIndexing.c.

317{
318 ItemPointer tupleid = &slot->tts_tid;
319 List *result = NIL;
320 int i;
321 int numIndices;
323 Relation heapRelation;
325 ExprContext *econtext;
327 bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
328
330
331 /*
332 * Get information from the result relation info structure.
333 */
334 numIndices = resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices;
335 relationDescs = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs;
336 indexInfoArray = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo;
337 heapRelation = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
338
339 /* Sanity check: slot must belong to the same rel as the resultRelInfo. */
340 Assert(slot->tts_tableOid == RelationGetRelid(heapRelation));
341
342 /*
343 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating predicates
344 * and index expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
345 */
346 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
347
348 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
349 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
350
351 /*
352 * for each index, form and insert the index tuple
353 */
354 for (i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
355 {
356 Relation indexRelation = relationDescs[i];
357 IndexInfo *indexInfo;
358 bool applyNoDupErr;
360 bool indexUnchanged;
362
363 if (indexRelation == NULL)
364 continue;
365
366 indexInfo = indexInfoArray[i];
367
368 /* If the index is marked as read-only, ignore it */
369 if (!indexInfo->ii_ReadyForInserts)
370 continue;
371
372 /*
373 * Skip processing of non-summarizing indexes if we only update
374 * summarizing indexes
375 */
376 if ((flags & EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING) && !indexInfo->ii_Summarizing)
377 continue;
378
379 /* Check for partial index */
380 if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate != NIL)
381 {
383
384 /*
385 * If predicate state not set up yet, create it (in the estate's
386 * per-query context)
387 */
388 predicate = indexInfo->ii_PredicateState;
389 if (predicate == NULL)
390 {
391 predicate = ExecPrepareQual(indexInfo->ii_Predicate, estate);
392 indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = predicate;
393 }
394
395 /* Skip this index-update if the predicate isn't satisfied */
396 if (!ExecQual(predicate, econtext))
397 continue;
398 }
399
400 /*
401 * FormIndexDatum fills in its values and isnull parameters with the
402 * appropriate values for the column(s) of the index.
403 */
404 FormIndexDatum(indexInfo,
405 slot,
406 estate,
407 values,
408 isnull);
409
410 /* Check whether to apply noDupErr to this index */
411 applyNoDupErr = (flags & EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR) &&
412 (arbiterIndexes == NIL ||
413 list_member_oid(arbiterIndexes,
414 indexRelation->rd_index->indexrelid));
415
416 /*
417 * The index AM does the actual insertion, plus uniqueness checking.
418 *
419 * For an immediate-mode unique index, we just tell the index AM to
420 * throw error if not unique.
421 *
422 * For a deferrable unique index, we tell the index AM to just detect
423 * possible non-uniqueness, and we add the index OID to the result
424 * list if further checking is needed.
425 *
426 * For a speculative insertion (used by INSERT ... ON CONFLICT), do
427 * the same as for a deferrable unique index.
428 */
429 if (!indexRelation->rd_index->indisunique)
431 else if (applyNoDupErr)
433 else if (indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate)
435 else
437
438 /*
439 * There's definitely going to be an index_insert() call for this
440 * index. If we're being called as part of an UPDATE statement,
441 * consider if the 'indexUnchanged' = true hint should be passed.
442 */
443 indexUnchanged = ((flags & EIIT_IS_UPDATE) &&
444 index_unchanged_by_update(resultRelInfo,
445 estate,
446 indexInfo,
447 indexRelation));
448
450 index_insert(indexRelation, /* index relation */
451 values, /* array of index Datums */
452 isnull, /* null flags */
453 tupleid, /* tid of heap tuple */
454 heapRelation, /* heap relation */
455 checkUnique, /* type of uniqueness check to do */
456 indexUnchanged, /* UPDATE without logical change? */
457 indexInfo); /* index AM may need this */
458
459 /*
460 * If the index has an associated exclusion constraint, check that.
461 * This is simpler than the process for uniqueness checks since we
462 * always insert first and then check. If the constraint is deferred,
463 * we check now anyway, but don't throw error on violation or wait for
464 * a conclusive outcome from a concurrent insertion; instead we'll
465 * queue a recheck event. Similarly, noDupErr callers (speculative
466 * inserters) will recheck later, and wait for a conclusive outcome
467 * then.
468 *
469 * An index for an exclusion constraint can't also be UNIQUE (not an
470 * essential property, we just don't allow it in the grammar), so no
471 * need to preserve the prior state of satisfiesConstraint.
472 */
473 if (indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL)
474 {
475 bool violationOK;
477
478 if (applyNoDupErr)
479 {
480 violationOK = true;
482 }
483 else if (!indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate)
484 {
485 violationOK = true;
487 }
488 else
489 {
490 violationOK = false;
492 }
493
496 indexRelation, indexInfo,
497 tupleid, values, isnull,
498 estate, false,
500 }
501
503 indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL) &&
505 {
506 /*
507 * The tuple potentially violates the uniqueness or exclusion
508 * constraint, so make a note of the index so that we can re-check
509 * it later. Speculative inserters are told if there was a
510 * speculative conflict, since that always requires a restart.
511 */
512 result = lappend_oid(result, RelationGetRelid(indexRelation));
513 if (indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate && specConflict)
514 *specConflict = true;
515 }
516 }
517
518 return result;
519}
static bool index_unchanged_by_update(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, IndexInfo *indexInfo, Relation indexRelation)
CEOUC_WAIT_MODE
@ CEOUC_NOWAIT
@ CEOUC_LIVELOCK_PREVENTING_WAIT
#define EIIT_IS_UPDATE
Definition executor.h:757
#define EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING
Definition executor.h:759
#define EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR
Definition executor.h:758
IndexUniqueCheck
Definition genam.h:124
@ UNIQUE_CHECK_NO
Definition genam.h:125
@ UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL
Definition genam.h:127
@ UNIQUE_CHECK_YES
Definition genam.h:126
bool index_insert(Relation indexRelation, Datum *values, bool *isnull, ItemPointer heap_t_ctid, Relation heapRelation, IndexUniqueCheck checkUnique, bool indexUnchanged, IndexInfo *indexInfo)
Definition indexam.c:214
List * lappend_oid(List *list, Oid datum)
Definition list.c:375
bool ii_Summarizing
Definition execnodes.h:228
ItemPointerData tts_tid
Definition tuptable.h:142

References Assert, CEOUC_LIVELOCK_PREVENTING_WAIT, CEOUC_NOWAIT, CEOUC_WAIT, check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, EIIT_IS_UPDATE, EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR, EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING, ExecPrepareQual(), ExecQual(), fb(), FormIndexDatum(), GetPerTupleExprContext, i, IndexInfo::ii_ExclusionOps, IndexInfo::ii_Predicate, IndexInfo::ii_PredicateState, IndexInfo::ii_ReadyForInserts, IndexInfo::ii_Summarizing, index_insert(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_unchanged_by_update(), ItemPointerIsValid(), lappend_oid(), list_member_oid(), NIL, RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetRelid, result, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, TupleTableSlot::tts_tableOid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tid, UNIQUE_CHECK_NO, UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL, UNIQUE_CHECK_YES, and values.

Referenced by apply_concurrent_insert(), apply_concurrent_update(), CopyFrom(), CopyMultiInsertBufferFlush(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateEpilogue().

◆ ExecLookupResultRelByOid()

ResultRelInfo * ExecLookupResultRelByOid ( ModifyTableState node,
Oid  resultoid,
bool  missing_ok,
bool  update_cache 
)
extern

Definition at line 5035 of file nodeModifyTable.c.

5037{
5038 if (node->mt_resultOidHash)
5039 {
5040 /* Use the pre-built hash table to locate the rel */
5042
5045 if (mtlookup)
5046 {
5047 if (update_cache)
5048 {
5050 node->mt_lastResultIndex = mtlookup->relationIndex;
5051 }
5052 return node->resultRelInfo + mtlookup->relationIndex;
5053 }
5054 }
5055 else
5056 {
5057 /* With few target rels, just search the ResultRelInfo array */
5058 for (int ndx = 0; ndx < node->mt_nrels; ndx++)
5059 {
5061
5062 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == resultoid)
5063 {
5064 if (update_cache)
5065 {
5067 node->mt_lastResultIndex = ndx;
5068 }
5069 return rInfo;
5070 }
5071 }
5072 }
5073
5074 if (!missing_ok)
5075 elog(ERROR, "incorrect result relation OID %u", resultoid);
5076 return NULL;
5077}
void * hash_search(HTAB *hashp, const void *keyPtr, HASHACTION action, bool *foundPtr)
Definition dynahash.c:889
@ HASH_FIND
Definition hsearch.h:108
ResultRelInfo * resultRelInfo
Definition execnodes.h:1446
HTAB * mt_resultOidHash
Definition execnodes.h:1468

References elog, ERROR, fb(), HASH_FIND, hash_search(), ModifyTableState::mt_lastResultIndex, ModifyTableState::mt_lastResultOid, ModifyTableState::mt_nrels, ModifyTableState::mt_resultOidHash, RelationGetRelid, and ModifyTableState::resultRelInfo.

Referenced by ExecFindPartition(), and ExecModifyTable().

◆ ExecMakeFunctionResultSet()

Datum ExecMakeFunctionResultSet ( SetExprState fcache,
ExprContext econtext,
MemoryContext  argContext,
bool isNull,
ExprDoneCond isDone 
)
extern

Definition at line 499 of file execSRF.c.

504{
507 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
510 bool callit;
511 int i;
512
513restart:
514
515 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly complex expressions */
517
518 /*
519 * If a previous call of the function returned a set result in the form of
520 * a tuplestore, continue reading rows from the tuplestore until it's
521 * empty.
522 */
523 if (fcache->funcResultStore)
524 {
525 TupleTableSlot *slot = fcache->funcResultSlot;
527 bool foundTup;
528
529 /*
530 * Have to make sure tuple in slot lives long enough, otherwise
531 * clearing the slot could end up trying to free something already
532 * freed.
533 */
535 foundTup = tuplestore_gettupleslot(fcache->funcResultStore, true, false,
536 fcache->funcResultSlot);
538
539 if (foundTup)
540 {
541 *isDone = ExprMultipleResult;
542 if (fcache->funcReturnsTuple)
543 {
544 /* We must return the whole tuple as a Datum. */
545 *isNull = false;
546 return ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum(fcache->funcResultSlot);
547 }
548 else
549 {
550 /* Extract the first column and return it as a scalar. */
551 return slot_getattr(fcache->funcResultSlot, 1, isNull);
552 }
553 }
554 /* Exhausted the tuplestore, so clean up */
555 tuplestore_end(fcache->funcResultStore);
556 fcache->funcResultStore = NULL;
557 *isDone = ExprEndResult;
558 *isNull = true;
559 return (Datum) 0;
560 }
561
562 /*
563 * arguments is a list of expressions to evaluate before passing to the
564 * function manager. We skip the evaluation if it was already done in the
565 * previous call (ie, we are continuing the evaluation of a set-valued
566 * function). Otherwise, collect the current argument values into fcinfo.
567 *
568 * The arguments have to live in a context that lives at least until all
569 * rows from this SRF have been returned, otherwise ValuePerCall SRFs
570 * would reference freed memory after the first returned row.
571 */
572 fcinfo = fcache->fcinfo;
573 arguments = fcache->args;
574 if (!fcache->setArgsValid)
575 {
577
578 ExecEvalFuncArgs(fcinfo, arguments, econtext);
580 }
581 else
582 {
583 /* Reset flag (we may set it again below) */
584 fcache->setArgsValid = false;
585 }
586
587 /*
588 * Now call the function, passing the evaluated parameter values.
589 */
590
591 /* Prepare a resultinfo node for communication. */
592 fcinfo->resultinfo = (Node *) &rsinfo;
594 rsinfo.econtext = econtext;
595 rsinfo.expectedDesc = fcache->funcResultDesc;
596 rsinfo.allowedModes = (int) (SFRM_ValuePerCall | SFRM_Materialize);
597 /* note we do not set SFRM_Materialize_Random or _Preferred */
598 rsinfo.returnMode = SFRM_ValuePerCall;
599 /* isDone is filled below */
600 rsinfo.setResult = NULL;
601 rsinfo.setDesc = NULL;
602
603 /*
604 * If function is strict, and there are any NULL arguments, skip calling
605 * the function.
606 */
607 callit = true;
608 if (fcache->func.fn_strict)
609 {
610 for (i = 0; i < fcinfo->nargs; i++)
611 {
612 if (fcinfo->args[i].isnull)
613 {
614 callit = false;
615 break;
616 }
617 }
618 }
619
620 if (callit)
621 {
623
624 fcinfo->isnull = false;
625 rsinfo.isDone = ExprSingleResult;
626 result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
627 *isNull = fcinfo->isnull;
628 *isDone = rsinfo.isDone;
629
631 rsinfo.isDone != ExprMultipleResult);
632 }
633 else
634 {
635 /* for a strict SRF, result for NULL is an empty set */
636 result = (Datum) 0;
637 *isNull = true;
638 *isDone = ExprEndResult;
639 }
640
641 /* Which protocol does function want to use? */
642 if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_ValuePerCall)
643 {
644 if (*isDone != ExprEndResult)
645 {
646 /*
647 * Save the current argument values to re-use on the next call.
648 */
649 if (*isDone == ExprMultipleResult)
650 {
651 fcache->setArgsValid = true;
652 /* Register cleanup callback if we didn't already */
653 if (!fcache->shutdown_reg)
654 {
658 fcache->shutdown_reg = true;
659 }
660 }
661 }
662 }
663 else if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_Materialize)
664 {
665 /* check we're on the same page as the function author */
666 if (rsinfo.isDone != ExprSingleResult)
669 errmsg("table-function protocol for materialize mode was not followed")));
670 if (rsinfo.setResult != NULL)
671 {
672 /* prepare to return values from the tuplestore */
674 rsinfo.setResult,
675 rsinfo.setDesc);
676 /* loop back to top to start returning from tuplestore */
677 goto restart;
678 }
679 /* if setResult was left null, treat it as empty set */
680 *isDone = ExprEndResult;
681 *isNull = true;
682 result = (Datum) 0;
683 }
684 else
687 errmsg("unrecognized table-function returnMode: %d",
688 (int) rsinfo.returnMode)));
689
690 return result;
691}
static void ExecEvalFuncArgs(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, List *argList, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition execSRF.c:837
static void ShutdownSetExpr(Datum arg)
Definition execSRF.c:813
static void ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(SetExprState *sexpr, ExprContext *econtext, Tuplestorestate *resultStore, TupleDesc resultDesc)
Definition execSRF.c:867
Datum ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum(TupleTableSlot *slot)
void RegisterExprContextCallback(ExprContext *econtext, ExprContextCallbackFunction function, Datum arg)
Definition execUtils.c:989
@ ExprSingleResult
Definition execnodes.h:341
@ ExprMultipleResult
Definition execnodes.h:342
@ ExprEndResult
Definition execnodes.h:343
@ SFRM_ValuePerCall
Definition execnodes.h:354
@ SFRM_Materialize
Definition execnodes.h:355
#define FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo)
Definition fmgr.h:172
void pgstat_init_function_usage(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, PgStat_FunctionCallUsage *fcu)
void pgstat_end_function_usage(PgStat_FunctionCallUsage *fcu, bool finalize)
NodeTag type
Definition nodes.h:136
MemoryContext tts_mcxt
Definition tuptable.h:141
bool tuplestore_gettupleslot(Tuplestorestate *state, bool forward, bool copy, TupleTableSlot *slot)
void tuplestore_end(Tuplestorestate *state)
Definition tuplestore.c:493

References FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, check_stack_depth(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecEvalFuncArgs(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum(), ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(), ExprEndResult, ExprMultipleResult, ExprSingleResult, fb(), FunctionCallInvoke, i, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::isnull, NullableDatum::isnull, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), FunctionCallInfoBaseData::nargs, pgstat_end_function_usage(), pgstat_init_function_usage(), PointerGetDatum(), RegisterExprContextCallback(), result, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::resultinfo, SFRM_Materialize, SFRM_ValuePerCall, ShutdownSetExpr(), slot_getattr(), TupleTableSlot::tts_mcxt, tuplestore_end(), tuplestore_gettupleslot(), and Node::type.

Referenced by ExecProjectSRF().

◆ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult()

Tuplestorestate * ExecMakeTableFunctionResult ( SetExprState setexpr,
ExprContext econtext,
MemoryContext  argContext,
TupleDesc  expectedDesc,
bool  randomAccess 
)
extern

Definition at line 102 of file execSRF.c.

107{
108 Tuplestorestate *tupstore = NULL;
109 TupleDesc tupdesc = NULL;
111 bool returnsTuple;
112 bool returnsSet = false;
113 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
118 bool first_time = true;
119
120 /*
121 * Execute per-tablefunc actions in appropriate context.
122 *
123 * The FunctionCallInfo needs to live across all the calls to a
124 * ValuePerCall function, so it can't be allocated in the per-tuple
125 * context. Similarly, the function arguments need to be evaluated in a
126 * context that is longer lived than the per-tuple context: The argument
127 * values would otherwise disappear when we reset that context in the
128 * inner loop. As the caller's CurrentMemoryContext is typically a
129 * query-lifespan context, we don't want to leak memory there. We require
130 * the caller to pass a separate memory context that can be used for this,
131 * and can be reset each time through to avoid bloat.
132 */
135
136 funcrettype = exprType((Node *) setexpr->expr);
137
138 returnsTuple = type_is_rowtype(funcrettype);
139
140 /*
141 * Prepare a resultinfo node for communication. We always do this even if
142 * not expecting a set result, so that we can pass expectedDesc. In the
143 * generic-expression case, the expression doesn't actually get to see the
144 * resultinfo, but set it up anyway because we use some of the fields as
145 * our own state variables.
146 */
147 rsinfo.type = T_ReturnSetInfo;
148 rsinfo.econtext = econtext;
149 rsinfo.expectedDesc = expectedDesc;
151 if (randomAccess)
152 rsinfo.allowedModes |= (int) SFRM_Materialize_Random;
153 rsinfo.returnMode = SFRM_ValuePerCall;
154 /* isDone is filled below */
155 rsinfo.setResult = NULL;
156 rsinfo.setDesc = NULL;
157
158 fcinfo = palloc(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(list_length(setexpr->args)));
159
160 /*
161 * Normally the passed expression tree will be a SetExprState, since the
162 * grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
163 * function reference. However, if the function doesn't return set then
164 * the planner might have replaced the function call via constant-folding
165 * or inlining. So if we see any other kind of expression node, execute
166 * it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code; the only difference is that we
167 * don't get a chance to pass a special ReturnSetInfo to any functions
168 * buried in the expression.
169 */
170 if (!setexpr->elidedFuncState)
171 {
172 /*
173 * This path is similar to ExecMakeFunctionResultSet.
174 */
175 returnsSet = setexpr->funcReturnsSet;
176 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &(setexpr->func),
177 list_length(setexpr->args),
178 setexpr->fcinfo->fncollation,
179 NULL, (Node *) &rsinfo);
180 /* evaluate the function's argument list */
182 ExecEvalFuncArgs(fcinfo, setexpr->args, econtext);
183
184 /*
185 * If function is strict, and there are any NULL arguments, skip
186 * calling the function and act like it returned NULL (or an empty
187 * set, in the returns-set case).
188 */
189 if (setexpr->func.fn_strict)
190 {
191 int i;
192
193 for (i = 0; i < fcinfo->nargs; i++)
194 {
195 if (fcinfo->args[i].isnull)
197 }
198 }
199 }
200 else
201 {
202 /* Treat setexpr as a generic expression */
204 }
205
206 /*
207 * Switch to short-lived context for calling the function or expression.
208 */
210
211 /*
212 * Loop to handle the ValuePerCall protocol (which is also the same
213 * behavior needed in the generic ExecEvalExpr path).
214 */
215 for (;;)
216 {
218
220
221 /*
222 * Reset per-tuple memory context before each call of the function or
223 * expression. This cleans up any local memory the function may leak
224 * when called.
225 */
226 ResetExprContext(econtext);
227
228 /* Call the function or expression one time */
229 if (!setexpr->elidedFuncState)
230 {
232
233 fcinfo->isnull = false;
234 rsinfo.isDone = ExprSingleResult;
235 result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
236
238 rsinfo.isDone != ExprMultipleResult);
239 }
240 else
241 {
242 result =
243 ExecEvalExpr(setexpr->elidedFuncState, econtext, &fcinfo->isnull);
244 rsinfo.isDone = ExprSingleResult;
245 }
246
247 /* Which protocol does function want to use? */
248 if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_ValuePerCall)
249 {
250 /*
251 * Check for end of result set.
252 */
253 if (rsinfo.isDone == ExprEndResult)
254 break;
255
256 /*
257 * If first time through, build tuplestore for result. For a
258 * scalar function result type, also make a suitable tupdesc.
259 */
260 if (first_time)
261 {
262 MemoryContext oldcontext =
264
265 tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(randomAccess, false, work_mem);
266 rsinfo.setResult = tupstore;
267 if (!returnsTuple)
268 {
269 tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(1);
270 TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc,
271 (AttrNumber) 1,
272 "column",
274 -1,
275 0);
276 TupleDescFinalize(tupdesc);
277 rsinfo.setDesc = tupdesc;
278 }
279 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
280 }
281
282 /*
283 * Store current resultset item.
284 */
285 if (returnsTuple)
286 {
287 if (!fcinfo->isnull)
288 {
290
291 if (tupdesc == NULL)
292 {
293 MemoryContext oldcontext =
295
296 /*
297 * This is the first non-NULL result from the
298 * function. Use the type info embedded in the
299 * rowtype Datum to look up the needed tupdesc. Make
300 * a copy for the query.
301 */
304 rsinfo.setDesc = tupdesc;
305 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
306 }
307 else
308 {
309 /*
310 * Verify all later returned rows have same subtype;
311 * necessary in case the type is RECORD.
312 */
313 if (HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td) != tupdesc->tdtypeid ||
314 HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td) != tupdesc->tdtypmod)
317 errmsg("rows returned by function are not all of the same row type")));
318 }
319
320 /*
321 * tuplestore_puttuple needs a HeapTuple not a bare
322 * HeapTupleHeader, but it doesn't need all the fields.
323 */
325 tmptup.t_data = td;
326
327 tuplestore_puttuple(tupstore, &tmptup);
328 }
329 else
330 {
331 /*
332 * NULL result from a tuple-returning function; expand it
333 * to a row of all nulls. We rely on the expectedDesc to
334 * form such rows. (Note: this would be problematic if
335 * tuplestore_putvalues saved the tdtypeid/tdtypmod from
336 * the provided descriptor, since that might not match
337 * what we get from the function itself. But it doesn't.)
338 */
339 int natts = expectedDesc->natts;
340 bool *nullflags;
341
342 nullflags = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
343 memset(nullflags, true, natts * sizeof(bool));
344 tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, expectedDesc, NULL, nullflags);
345 }
346 }
347 else
348 {
349 /* Scalar-type case: just store the function result */
350 tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, tupdesc, &result, &fcinfo->isnull);
351 }
352
353 /*
354 * Are we done?
355 */
356 if (rsinfo.isDone != ExprMultipleResult)
357 break;
358
359 /*
360 * Check that set-returning functions were properly declared.
361 * (Note: for historical reasons, we don't complain if a non-SRF
362 * returns ExprEndResult; that's treated as returning NULL.)
363 */
364 if (!returnsSet)
367 errmsg("table-function protocol for value-per-call mode was not followed")));
368 }
369 else if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_Materialize)
370 {
371 /* check we're on the same page as the function author */
372 if (!first_time || rsinfo.isDone != ExprSingleResult || !returnsSet)
375 errmsg("table-function protocol for materialize mode was not followed")));
376 /* Done evaluating the set result */
377 break;
378 }
379 else
382 errmsg("unrecognized table-function returnMode: %d",
383 (int) rsinfo.returnMode)));
384
385 first_time = false;
386 }
387
389
390 /*
391 * If we got nothing from the function (ie, an empty-set or NULL result),
392 * we have to create the tuplestore to return, and if it's a
393 * non-set-returning function then insert a single all-nulls row. As
394 * above, we depend on the expectedDesc to manufacture the dummy row.
395 */
396 if (rsinfo.setResult == NULL)
397 {
398 MemoryContext oldcontext =
400
401 tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(randomAccess, false, work_mem);
402 rsinfo.setResult = tupstore;
403 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
404
405 if (!returnsSet)
406 {
407 int natts = expectedDesc->natts;
408 bool *nullflags;
409
410 nullflags = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
411 memset(nullflags, true, natts * sizeof(bool));
412 tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, expectedDesc, NULL, nullflags);
413 }
414 }
415
416 /*
417 * If function provided a tupdesc, cross-check it. We only really need to
418 * do this for functions returning RECORD, but might as well do it always.
419 */
420 if (rsinfo.setDesc)
421 {
422 tupledesc_match(expectedDesc, rsinfo.setDesc);
423
424 /*
425 * If it is a dynamically-allocated TupleDesc, free it: it is
426 * typically allocated in a per-query context, so we must avoid
427 * leaking it across multiple usages.
428 */
429 if (rsinfo.setDesc->tdrefcount == -1)
430 FreeTupleDesc(rsinfo.setDesc);
431 }
432
434
435 /* All done, pass back the tuplestore */
436 return rsinfo.setResult;
437}
static void tupledesc_match(TupleDesc dst_tupdesc, TupleDesc src_tupdesc)
Definition execSRF.c:946
@ SFRM_Materialize_Preferred
Definition execnodes.h:357
@ SFRM_Materialize_Random
Definition execnodes.h:356
#define ResetExprContext(econtext)
Definition executor.h:661
static Datum ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
Definition executor.h:403
#define DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(X)
Definition fmgr.h:296
static int32 HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(const HeapTupleHeaderData *tup)
static uint32 HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(const HeapTupleHeaderData *tup)
static Oid HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(const HeapTupleHeaderData *tup)
bool type_is_rowtype(Oid typid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2877
void MemoryContextReset(MemoryContext context)
Definition mcxt.c:403
#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
Definition miscadmin.h:125
bool fn_strict
Definition fmgr.h:61
Expr * expr
Definition execnodes.h:978
FunctionCallInfo fcinfo
Definition execnodes.h:1038
bool funcReturnsSet
Definition execnodes.h:1014
ExprState * elidedFuncState
Definition execnodes.h:986
FmgrInfo func
Definition execnodes.h:993
List * args
Definition execnodes.h:979
int32 tdtypmod
Definition tupdesc.h:152
void FreeTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition tupdesc.c:560
TupleDesc CreateTemplateTupleDesc(int natts)
Definition tupdesc.c:165
void TupleDescFinalize(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition tupdesc.c:511
void TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, const char *attributeName, Oid oidtypeid, int32 typmod, int attdim)
Definition tupdesc.c:900
Tuplestorestate * tuplestore_begin_heap(bool randomAccess, bool interXact, int maxKBytes)
Definition tuplestore.c:331
void tuplestore_putvalues(Tuplestorestate *state, TupleDesc tdesc, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull)
Definition tuplestore.c:785
void tuplestore_puttuple(Tuplestorestate *state, HeapTuple tuple)
Definition tuplestore.c:765
TupleDesc lookup_rowtype_tupdesc_copy(Oid type_id, int32 typmod)
Definition typcache.c:1981

References FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, SetExprState::args, Assert, CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CreateTemplateTupleDesc(), CurrentMemoryContext, DatumGetHeapTupleHeader, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, SetExprState::elidedFuncState, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecEvalExpr(), ExecEvalFuncArgs(), SetExprState::expr, ExprEndResult, ExprMultipleResult, ExprSingleResult, exprType(), fb(), SetExprState::fcinfo, FmgrInfo::fn_strict, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::fncollation, FreeTupleDesc(), SetExprState::func, SetExprState::funcReturnsSet, FunctionCallInvoke, HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), i, InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvalidOid, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::isnull, NullableDatum::isnull, list_length(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc_copy(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), FunctionCallInfoBaseData::nargs, TupleDescData::natts, palloc(), pgstat_end_function_usage(), pgstat_init_function_usage(), ResetExprContext, result, SFRM_Materialize, SFRM_Materialize_Preferred, SFRM_Materialize_Random, SFRM_ValuePerCall, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescData::tdtypeid, TupleDescData::tdtypmod, tupledesc_match(), TupleDescFinalize(), TupleDescInitEntry(), tuplestore_begin_heap(), tuplestore_puttuple(), tuplestore_putvalues(), type_is_rowtype(), and work_mem.

Referenced by FunctionNext().

◆ ExecMarkPos()

void ExecMarkPos ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 328 of file execAmi.c.

329{
330 switch (nodeTag(node))
331 {
332 case T_IndexScanState:
334 break;
335
338 break;
339
342 break;
343
344 case T_MaterialState:
346 break;
347
348 case T_SortState:
349 ExecSortMarkPos((SortState *) node);
350 break;
351
352 case T_ResultState:
354 break;
355
356 default:
357 /* don't make hard error unless caller asks to restore... */
358 elog(DEBUG2, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
359 break;
360 }
361}
#define DEBUG2
Definition elog.h:30
void ExecCustomMarkPos(CustomScanState *node)
Definition nodeCustom.c:139
void ExecIndexOnlyMarkPos(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecIndexMarkPos(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecMaterialMarkPos(MaterialState *node)
void ExecResultMarkPos(ResultState *node)
Definition nodeResult.c:146
void ExecSortMarkPos(SortState *node)
Definition nodeSort.c:329

References DEBUG2, elog, ExecCustomMarkPos(), ExecIndexMarkPos(), ExecIndexOnlyMarkPos(), ExecMaterialMarkPos(), ExecResultMarkPos(), ExecSortMarkPos(), fb(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by ExecMergeJoin(), and ExecResultMarkPos().

◆ ExecMaterializesOutput()

bool ExecMaterializesOutput ( NodeTag  plantype)
extern

Definition at line 636 of file execAmi.c.

637{
638 switch (plantype)
639 {
640 case T_Material:
641 case T_FunctionScan:
642 case T_TableFuncScan:
643 case T_CteScan:
645 case T_WorkTableScan:
646 case T_Sort:
647 return true;
648
649 default:
650 break;
651 }
652
653 return false;
654}

References fb().

Referenced by build_subplan(), consider_parallel_nestloop(), cost_subplan(), and match_unsorted_outer().

◆ ExecOpenIndices()

void ExecOpenIndices ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
bool  speculative 
)
extern

Definition at line 162 of file execIndexing.c.

163{
164 Relation resultRelation = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
166 ListCell *l;
167 int len,
168 i;
171
172 resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices = 0;
173
174 /* fast path if no indexes */
175 if (!RelationGetForm(resultRelation)->relhasindex)
176 return;
177
178 /*
179 * Get cached list of index OIDs
180 */
181 indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(resultRelation);
183 if (len == 0)
184 return;
185
186 /* This Assert will fail if ExecOpenIndices is called twice */
187 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs == NULL);
188
189 /*
190 * allocate space for result arrays
191 */
194
195 resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices = len;
196 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs = relationDescs;
197 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo = indexInfoArray;
198
199 /*
200 * For each index, open the index relation and save pg_index info. We
201 * acquire RowExclusiveLock, signifying we will update the index.
202 *
203 * Note: we do this even if the index is not indisready; it's not worth
204 * the trouble to optimize for the case where it isn't.
205 */
206 i = 0;
207 foreach(l, indexoidlist)
208 {
209 Oid indexOid = lfirst_oid(l);
211 IndexInfo *ii;
212
214
215 /* extract index key information from the index's pg_index info */
217
218 /*
219 * If the indexes are to be used for speculative insertion, add extra
220 * information required by unique index entries.
221 */
222 if (speculative && ii->ii_Unique && !indexDesc->rd_index->indisexclusion)
224
226 indexInfoArray[i] = ii;
227 i++;
228 }
229
231}
#define palloc_array(type, count)
Definition fe_memutils.h:76
IndexInfo * BuildIndexInfo(Relation index)
Definition index.c:2446
void BuildSpeculativeIndexInfo(Relation index, IndexInfo *ii)
Definition index.c:2687
Relation index_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition indexam.c:134
void list_free(List *list)
Definition list.c:1546
#define RelationGetForm(relation)
Definition rel.h:510
List * RelationGetIndexList(Relation relation)
Definition relcache.c:4827

References Assert, BuildIndexInfo(), BuildSpeculativeIndexInfo(), fb(), i, IndexInfo::ii_Unique, index_open(), len, lfirst_oid, list_free(), list_length(), palloc_array, RelationGetForm, RelationGetIndexList(), ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and RowExclusiveLock.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete(), apply_handle_insert(), apply_handle_update_internal(), CatalogOpenIndexes(), CopyFrom(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInsert(), ExecUpdatePrologue(), and initialize_change_context().

◆ ExecOpenScanRelation()

Relation ExecOpenScanRelation ( EState estate,
Index  scanrelid,
int  eflags 
)
extern

Definition at line 768 of file execUtils.c.

769{
770 Relation rel;
771
772 /* Open the relation. */
773 rel = ExecGetRangeTableRelation(estate, scanrelid, false);
774
775 /*
776 * Complain if we're attempting a scan of an unscannable relation, except
777 * when the query won't actually be run. This is a slightly klugy place
778 * to do this, perhaps, but there is no better place.
779 */
780 if ((eflags & (EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY | EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA)) == 0 &&
784 errmsg("materialized view \"%s\" has not been populated",
786 errhint("Use the REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW command.")));
787
788 return rel;
789}
#define EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA
Definition executor.h:73
#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY
Definition executor.h:67
#define RelationIsScannable(relation)
Definition rel.h:680

References ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg, ERROR, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA, ExecGetRangeTableRelation(), fb(), RelationGetRelationName, and RelationIsScannable.

Referenced by ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitCustomScan(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSeqScan(), ExecInitTidRangeScan(), ExecInitTidScan(), and postgresBeginDirectModify().

◆ ExecPartitionCheck()

bool ExecPartitionCheck ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
bool  emitError 
)
extern

Definition at line 1885 of file execMain.c.

1887{
1888 ExprContext *econtext;
1889 bool success;
1890
1891 /*
1892 * If first time through, build expression state tree for the partition
1893 * check expression. (In the corner case where the partition check
1894 * expression is empty, ie there's a default partition and nothing else,
1895 * we'll be fooled into executing this code each time through. But it's
1896 * pretty darn cheap in that case, so we don't worry about it.)
1897 */
1898 if (resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheckExpr == NULL)
1899 {
1900 /*
1901 * Ensure that the qual tree and prepared expression are in the
1902 * query-lifespan context.
1903 */
1905 List *qual = RelationGetPartitionQual(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1906
1907 resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheckExpr = ExecPrepareCheck(qual, estate);
1909 }
1910
1911 /*
1912 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating constraint
1913 * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
1914 */
1915 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
1916
1917 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
1918 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
1919
1920 /*
1921 * As in case of the cataloged constraints, we treat a NULL result as
1922 * success here, not a failure.
1923 */
1924 success = ExecCheck(resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheckExpr, econtext);
1925
1926 /* if asked to emit error, don't actually return on failure */
1927 if (!success && emitError)
1928 ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
1929
1930 return success;
1931}
bool ExecCheck(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition execExpr.c:905
ExprState * ExecPrepareCheck(List *qual, EState *estate)
Definition execExpr.c:849
void ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
Definition execMain.c:1938
static bool success
Definition initdb.c:188
List * RelationGetPartitionQual(Relation rel)
Definition partcache.c:277
ExprState * ri_PartitionCheckExpr
Definition execnodes.h:628

References ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecCheck(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecPrepareCheck(), fb(), GetPerTupleExprContext, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetPartitionQual(), ResultRelInfo::ri_PartitionCheckExpr, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and success.

Referenced by apply_handle_tuple_routing(), CopyFrom(), ExecBRInsertTriggers(), ExecFindPartition(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateAct().

◆ ExecPartitionCheckEmitError()

void ExecPartitionCheckEmitError ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 1938 of file execMain.c.

1941{
1943 TupleDesc tupdesc;
1944 char *val_desc;
1946
1947 /*
1948 * If the tuple has been routed, it's been converted to the partition's
1949 * rowtype, which might differ from the root table's. We must convert it
1950 * back to the root table's rowtype so that val_desc in the error message
1951 * matches the input tuple.
1952 */
1953 if (resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
1954 {
1955 ResultRelInfo *rootrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
1957 AttrMap *map;
1958
1959 root_relid = RelationGetRelid(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
1960 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
1961
1963 /* a reverse map */
1964 map = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(old_tupdesc, tupdesc, false);
1965
1966 /*
1967 * Partition-specific slot's tupdesc can't be changed, so allocate a
1968 * new one.
1969 */
1970 if (map != NULL)
1971 slot = execute_attr_map_slot(map, slot,
1972 MakeTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual, 0));
1974 ExecGetUpdatedCols(rootrel, estate));
1975 }
1976 else
1977 {
1979 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1980 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(resultRelInfo, estate),
1981 ExecGetUpdatedCols(resultRelInfo, estate));
1982 }
1983
1985 slot,
1986 tupdesc,
1988 64);
1989 ereport(ERROR,
1991 errmsg("new row for relation \"%s\" violates partition constraint",
1993 val_desc ? errdetail("Failing row contains %s.", val_desc) : 0,
1994 errtable(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc)));
1995}
int errtable(Relation rel)
Definition relcache.c:6063

References bms_union(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg, ERROR, errtable(), ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), execute_attr_map_slot(), fb(), MakeTupleTableSlot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), and ExecPartitionCheck().

◆ ExecPrepareCheck()

ExprState * ExecPrepareCheck ( List qual,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 849 of file execExpr.c.

850{
852 MemoryContext oldcontext;
853
854 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
855
856 qual = (List *) expression_planner((Expr *) qual);
857
858 result = ExecInitCheck(qual, NULL);
859
860 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
861
862 return result;
863}
ExprState * ExecInitCheck(List *qual, PlanState *parent)
Definition execExpr.c:336
Expr * expression_planner(Expr *expr)
Definition planner.c:6839

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitCheck(), expression_planner(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and result.

Referenced by ExecPartitionCheck().

◆ ExecPrepareExpr()

◆ ExecPrepareExprList()

List * ExecPrepareExprList ( List nodes,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 872 of file execExpr.c.

873{
874 List *result = NIL;
875 MemoryContext oldcontext;
876 ListCell *lc;
877
878 /* Ensure that the list cell nodes are in the right context too */
879 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
880
881 foreach(lc, nodes)
882 {
883 Expr *e = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
884
886 }
887
888 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
889
890 return result;
891}
ExprState * ExecPrepareExpr(Expr *node, EState *estate)
Definition execExpr.c:786

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecPrepareExpr(), fb(), lappend(), lfirst, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, and result.

Referenced by EvaluateParams(), FormIndexDatum(), FormPartitionKeyDatum(), and make_build_data().

◆ ExecPrepareExprWithContext()

ExprState * ExecPrepareExprWithContext ( Expr node,
EState estate,
Node escontext 
)
extern

Definition at line 798 of file execExpr.c.

799{
801 MemoryContext oldcontext;
802
803 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
804
805 node = expression_planner(node);
806
807 result = ExecInitExprWithContext(node, NULL, escontext);
808
809 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
810
811 return result;
812}

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExprWithContext(), expression_planner(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and result.

Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ExecPrepareExpr().

◆ ExecPrepareQual()

ExprState * ExecPrepareQual ( List qual,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 826 of file execExpr.c.

827{
829 MemoryContext oldcontext;
830
831 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
832
833 qual = (List *) expression_planner((Expr *) qual);
834
835 result = ExecInitQual(qual, NULL);
836
837 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
838
839 return result;
840}
ExprState * ExecInitQual(List *qual, PlanState *parent)
Definition execExpr.c:250

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitQual(), expression_planner(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and result.

Referenced by compute_index_stats(), ExecCheckIndexConstraints(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), and TriggerEnabled().

◆ ExecProcNode()

◆ ExecProcNodeInstr()

TupleTableSlot * ExecProcNodeInstr ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 181 of file instrument.c.

182{
184
186
187 result = node->ExecProcNodeReal(node);
188
189 InstrStopNode(node->instrument, TupIsNull(result) ? 0.0 : 1.0);
190
191 return result;
192}
void InstrStartNode(NodeInstrumentation *instr)
Definition instrument.c:132
void InstrStopNode(NodeInstrumentation *instr, double nTuples)
Definition instrument.c:139
ExecProcNodeMtd ExecProcNodeReal
Definition execnodes.h:1208
NodeInstrumentation * instrument
Definition execnodes.h:1211

References PlanState::ExecProcNodeReal, InstrStartNode(), InstrStopNode(), PlanState::instrument, result, and TupIsNull.

Referenced by ExecProcNodeFirst().

◆ ExecProject()

static TupleTableSlot * ExecProject ( ProjectionInfo projInfo)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 493 of file executor.h.

494{
495 ExprContext *econtext = projInfo->pi_exprContext;
496 ExprState *state = &projInfo->pi_state;
497 TupleTableSlot *slot = state->resultslot;
498
499 /*
500 * Clear any former contents of the result slot. This makes it safe for
501 * us to use the slot's Datum/isnull arrays as workspace.
502 */
503 ExecClearTuple(slot);
504
505 /* Run the expression */
507
508 /*
509 * Successfully formed a result row. Mark the result slot as containing a
510 * valid virtual tuple (inlined version of ExecStoreVirtualTuple()).
511 */
512 slot->tts_flags &= ~TTS_FLAG_EMPTY;
513 slot->tts_nvalid = slot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts;
514
515 return slot;
516}
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition executor.h:468
AttrNumber tts_nvalid
Definition tuptable.h:126
uint16 tts_flags
Definition tuptable.h:124

References ExecClearTuple(), ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext(), fb(), TupleDescData::natts, TupleTableSlot::tts_flags, TupleTableSlot::tts_nvalid, and TupleTableSlot::tts_tupleDescriptor.

Referenced by buildSubPlanHash(), ExecGather(), ExecGatherMerge(), ExecGetInsertNewTuple(), ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(), ExecGroup(), ExecHashJoinImpl(), ExecHashSubPlan(), ExecMergeJoin(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecMergeNotMatched(), ExecNestLoop(), ExecOnConflictUpdate(), ExecProcessReturning(), ExecResult(), ExecScanExtended(), ExecWindowAgg(), MJFillInner(), MJFillOuter(), and project_aggregates().

◆ ExecQual()

static bool ExecQual ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

◆ ExecQualAndReset()

static bool ExecQualAndReset ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

◆ ExecRelationIsTargetRelation()

bool ExecRelationIsTargetRelation ( EState estate,
Index  scanrelid 
)
extern

Definition at line 734 of file execUtils.c.

735{
736 return bms_is_member(scanrelid, estate->es_plannedstmt->resultRelationRelids);
737}
Bitmapset * resultRelationRelids
Definition plannodes.h:121

References bms_is_member(), EState::es_plannedstmt, and PlannedStmt::resultRelationRelids.

◆ ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull()

AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
List notnull_virtual_attrs 
)
extern

Definition at line 2123 of file execMain.c.

2125{
2126 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2127 ExprContext *econtext;
2129
2130 /*
2131 * We implement this by building a NullTest node for each virtual
2132 * generated column, which we cache in resultRelInfo, and running those
2133 * through ExecCheck().
2134 */
2135 if (resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs == NULL)
2136 {
2140
2142 {
2145
2146 /* "generated_expression IS NOT NULL" check. */
2149 nnulltest->nulltesttype = IS_NOT_NULL;
2150 nnulltest->argisrow = false;
2151 nnulltest->location = -1;
2152
2153 resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs[i] =
2154 ExecPrepareExpr((Expr *) nnulltest, estate);
2155 }
2157 }
2158
2159 /*
2160 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating virtual
2161 * generated column not null constraint expressions (creating it if it's
2162 * not already there).
2163 */
2164 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
2165
2166 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
2167 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
2168
2169 /* And evaluate the check constraints for virtual generated column */
2171 {
2173 ExprState *exprstate = resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs[i];
2174
2175 Assert(exprstate != NULL);
2176 if (!ExecCheck(exprstate, econtext))
2177 return attnum;
2178 }
2179
2180 /* InvalidAttrNumber result means no error */
2181 return InvalidAttrNumber;
2182}
@ IS_NOT_NULL
Definition primnodes.h:1980
Node * build_generation_expression(Relation rel, int attrno)
ExprState ** ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs
Definition execnodes.h:594

References Assert, attnum, build_generation_expression(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecCheck(), ExecPrepareExpr(), fb(), foreach_current_index, foreach_int, GetPerTupleExprContext, i, InvalidAttrNumber, IS_NOT_NULL, list_length(), makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), palloc0_array, ResultRelInfo::ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc.

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), and ExecConstraints().

◆ ExecReScan()

void ExecReScan ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 78 of file execAmi.c.

79{
80 /* If collecting timing stats, update them */
81 if (node->instrument)
83
84 /*
85 * If we have changed parameters, propagate that info.
86 *
87 * Note: ExecReScanSetParamPlan() can add bits to node->chgParam,
88 * corresponding to the output param(s) that the InitPlan will update.
89 * Since we make only one pass over the list, that means that an InitPlan
90 * can depend on the output param(s) of a sibling InitPlan only if that
91 * sibling appears earlier in the list. This is workable for now given
92 * the limited ways in which one InitPlan could depend on another, but
93 * eventually we might need to work harder (or else make the planner
94 * enlarge the extParam/allParam sets to include the params of depended-on
95 * InitPlans).
96 */
97 if (node->chgParam != NULL)
98 {
99 ListCell *l;
100
101 foreach(l, node->initPlan)
102 {
103 SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(l);
104 PlanState *splan = sstate->planstate;
105
106 if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL) /* don't care about child
107 * local Params */
108 UpdateChangedParamSet(splan, node->chgParam);
109 if (splan->chgParam != NULL)
110 ExecReScanSetParamPlan(sstate, node);
111 }
112 foreach(l, node->subPlan)
113 {
114 SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(l);
115 PlanState *splan = sstate->planstate;
116
117 if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL)
118 UpdateChangedParamSet(splan, node->chgParam);
119 }
120 /* Well. Now set chgParam for child trees. */
121 if (outerPlanState(node) != NULL)
123 if (innerPlanState(node) != NULL)
125 }
126
127 /* Call expression callbacks */
128 if (node->ps_ExprContext)
130
131 /* And do node-type-specific processing */
132 switch (nodeTag(node))
133 {
134 case T_ResultState:
136 break;
137
140 break;
141
144 break;
145
146 case T_AppendState:
148 break;
149
152 break;
153
156 break;
157
158 case T_BitmapAndState:
160 break;
161
162 case T_BitmapOrState:
164 break;
165
166 case T_SeqScanState:
168 break;
169
172 break;
173
174 case T_GatherState:
176 break;
177
180 break;
181
182 case T_IndexScanState:
184 break;
185
188 break;
189
192 break;
193
196 break;
197
198 case T_TidScanState:
200 break;
201
204 break;
205
208 break;
209
212 break;
213
216 break;
217
220 break;
221
222 case T_CteScanState:
224 break;
225
228 break;
229
232 break;
233
236 break;
237
240 break;
241
242 case T_NestLoopState:
244 break;
245
246 case T_MergeJoinState:
248 break;
249
250 case T_HashJoinState:
252 break;
253
254 case T_MaterialState:
256 break;
257
258 case T_MemoizeState:
260 break;
261
262 case T_SortState:
263 ExecReScanSort((SortState *) node);
264 break;
265
268 break;
269
270 case T_GroupState:
271 ExecReScanGroup((GroupState *) node);
272 break;
273
274 case T_AggState:
275 ExecReScanAgg((AggState *) node);
276 break;
277
278 case T_WindowAggState:
280 break;
281
282 case T_UniqueState:
284 break;
285
286 case T_HashState:
287 ExecReScanHash((HashState *) node);
288 break;
289
290 case T_SetOpState:
291 ExecReScanSetOp((SetOpState *) node);
292 break;
293
294 case T_LockRowsState:
296 break;
297
298 case T_LimitState:
299 ExecReScanLimit((LimitState *) node);
300 break;
301
302 default:
303 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
304 break;
305 }
306
307 if (node->chgParam != NULL)
308 {
309 bms_free(node->chgParam);
310 node->chgParam = NULL;
311 }
312}
void ReScanExprContext(ExprContext *econtext)
Definition execUtils.c:448
void UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
Definition execUtils.c:936
void InstrEndLoop(NodeInstrumentation *instr)
Definition instrument.c:204
void ExecReScanAgg(AggState *node)
Definition nodeAgg.c:4462
void ExecReScanAppend(AppendState *node)
Definition nodeAppend.c:423
void ExecReScanBitmapAnd(BitmapAndState *node)
void ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(BitmapHeapScanState *node)
void ExecReScanBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScanState *node)
void ExecReScanBitmapOr(BitmapOrState *node)
void ExecReScanCteScan(CteScanState *node)
void ExecReScanCustomScan(CustomScanState *node)
Definition nodeCustom.c:132
void ExecReScanForeignScan(ForeignScanState *node)
void ExecReScanFunctionScan(FunctionScanState *node)
void ExecReScanGatherMerge(GatherMergeState *node)
void ExecReScanGather(GatherState *node)
Definition nodeGather.c:443
void ExecReScanGroup(GroupState *node)
Definition nodeGroup.c:236
void ExecReScanHash(HashState *node)
Definition nodeHash.c:2407
void ExecReScanHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
void ExecReScanIncrementalSort(IncrementalSortState *node)
void ExecReScanIndexOnlyScan(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecReScanIndexScan(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecReScanLimit(LimitState *node)
Definition nodeLimit.c:541
void ExecReScanLockRows(LockRowsState *node)
void ExecReScanMaterial(MaterialState *node)
void ExecReScanMemoize(MemoizeState *node)
void ExecReScanMergeAppend(MergeAppendState *node)
void ExecReScanMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
void ExecReScanModifyTable(ModifyTableState *node)
void ExecReScanNamedTuplestoreScan(NamedTuplestoreScanState *node)
void ExecReScanNestLoop(NestLoopState *node)
void ExecReScanProjectSet(ProjectSetState *node)
void ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(RecursiveUnionState *node)
void ExecReScanResult(ResultState *node)
Definition nodeResult.c:249
void ExecReScanSampleScan(SampleScanState *node)
void ExecReScanSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
void ExecReScanSetOp(SetOpState *node)
Definition nodeSetOp.c:704
void ExecReScanSort(SortState *node)
Definition nodeSort.c:362
void ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, PlanState *parent)
void ExecReScanSubqueryScan(SubqueryScanState *node)
void ExecReScanTableFuncScan(TableFuncScanState *node)
void ExecReScanTidRangeScan(TidRangeScanState *node)
void ExecReScanTidScan(TidScanState *node)
void ExecReScanUnique(UniqueState *node)
Definition nodeUnique.c:175
void ExecReScanValuesScan(ValuesScanState *node)
void ExecReScanWindowAgg(WindowAggState *node)
void ExecReScanWorkTableScan(WorkTableScanState *node)
List * subPlan
Definition execnodes.h:1230
List * initPlan
Definition execnodes.h:1228
Bitmapset * extParam
Definition plannodes.h:255
PlanState * planstate
Definition execnodes.h:1049

References bms_free(), PlanState::chgParam, elog, ERROR, ExecReScanAgg(), ExecReScanAppend(), ExecReScanBitmapAnd(), ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(), ExecReScanBitmapIndexScan(), ExecReScanBitmapOr(), ExecReScanCteScan(), ExecReScanCustomScan(), ExecReScanForeignScan(), ExecReScanFunctionScan(), ExecReScanGather(), ExecReScanGatherMerge(), ExecReScanGroup(), ExecReScanHash(), ExecReScanHashJoin(), ExecReScanIncrementalSort(), ExecReScanIndexOnlyScan(), ExecReScanIndexScan(), ExecReScanLimit(), ExecReScanLockRows(), ExecReScanMaterial(), ExecReScanMemoize(), ExecReScanMergeAppend(), ExecReScanMergeJoin(), ExecReScanModifyTable(), ExecReScanNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecReScanNestLoop(), ExecReScanProjectSet(), ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(), ExecReScanResult(), ExecReScanSampleScan(), ExecReScanSeqScan(), ExecReScanSetOp(), ExecReScanSetParamPlan(), ExecReScanSort(), ExecReScanSubqueryScan(), ExecReScanTableFuncScan(), ExecReScanTidRangeScan(), ExecReScanTidScan(), ExecReScanUnique(), ExecReScanValuesScan(), ExecReScanWindowAgg(), ExecReScanWorkTableScan(), Plan::extParam, fb(), PlanState::initPlan, innerPlanState, InstrEndLoop(), PlanState::instrument, lfirst, nodeTag, outerPlanState, PlanState::plan, SubPlanState::planstate, PlanState::ps_ExprContext, ReScanExprContext(), PlanState::subPlan, and UpdateChangedParamSet().

Referenced by buildSubPlanHash(), ExecAsyncRequest(), ExecIndexOnlyScan(), ExecIndexScan(), ExecNestLoop(), ExecProcNode(), ExecReScanAgg(), ExecReScanAppend(), ExecReScanBitmapAnd(), ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(), ExecReScanBitmapOr(), ExecReScanForeignScan(), ExecReScanGather(), ExecReScanGatherMerge(), ExecReScanGroup(), ExecReScanHash(), ExecReScanHashJoin(), ExecReScanIncrementalSort(), ExecReScanLimit(), ExecReScanLockRows(), ExecReScanMaterial(), ExecReScanMemoize(), ExecReScanMergeAppend(), ExecReScanMergeJoin(), ExecReScanNestLoop(), ExecReScanProjectSet(), ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(), ExecReScanResult(), ExecReScanSetOp(), ExecReScanSort(), ExecReScanSubqueryScan(), ExecReScanUnique(), ExecReScanWindowAgg(), ExecScanSubPlan(), ExecutorRewind(), MultiExecBitmapIndexScan(), and MultiExecProcNode().

◆ ExecRestrPos()

void ExecRestrPos ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 377 of file execAmi.c.

378{
379 switch (nodeTag(node))
380 {
381 case T_IndexScanState:
383 break;
384
387 break;
388
391 break;
392
393 case T_MaterialState:
395 break;
396
397 case T_SortState:
398 ExecSortRestrPos((SortState *) node);
399 break;
400
401 case T_ResultState:
403 break;
404
405 default:
406 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
407 break;
408 }
409}
void ExecCustomRestrPos(CustomScanState *node)
Definition nodeCustom.c:150
void ExecIndexOnlyRestrPos(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecIndexRestrPos(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecMaterialRestrPos(MaterialState *node)
void ExecResultRestrPos(ResultState *node)
Definition nodeResult.c:161
void ExecSortRestrPos(SortState *node)
Definition nodeSort.c:347

References elog, ERROR, ExecCustomRestrPos(), ExecIndexOnlyRestrPos(), ExecIndexRestrPos(), ExecMaterialRestrPos(), ExecResultRestrPos(), ExecSortRestrPos(), fb(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by ExecMergeJoin(), and ExecResultRestrPos().

◆ ExecScan()

TupleTableSlot * ExecScan ( ScanState node,
ExecScanAccessMtd  accessMtd,
ExecScanRecheckMtd  recheckMtd 
)
extern

Definition at line 47 of file execScan.c.

50{
51 EPQState *epqstate;
52 ExprState *qual;
54
55 epqstate = node->ps.state->es_epq_active;
56 qual = node->ps.qual;
57 projInfo = node->ps.ps_ProjInfo;
58
59 return ExecScanExtended(node,
62 epqstate,
63 qual,
64 projInfo);
65}
static pg_attribute_always_inline TupleTableSlot * ExecScanExtended(ScanState *node, ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd, ExecScanRecheckMtd recheckMtd, EPQState *epqstate, ExprState *qual, ProjectionInfo *projInfo)
Definition execScan.h:161
struct EPQState * es_epq_active
Definition execnodes.h:778
ExprState * qual
Definition execnodes.h:1224

References EState::es_epq_active, ExecScanExtended(), fb(), ScanState::ps, PlanState::ps_ProjInfo, PlanState::qual, and PlanState::state.

Referenced by ExecBitmapHeapScan(), ExecCteScan(), ExecForeignScan(), ExecFunctionScan(), ExecIndexOnlyScan(), ExecIndexScan(), ExecNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecSampleScan(), ExecSeqScanEPQ(), ExecSubqueryScan(), ExecTableFuncScan(), ExecTidRangeScan(), ExecTidScan(), ExecValuesScan(), and ExecWorkTableScan().

◆ ExecScanReScan()

void ExecScanReScan ( ScanState node)
extern

Definition at line 108 of file execScan.c.

109{
110 EState *estate = node->ps.state;
111
112 /*
113 * We must clear the scan tuple so that observers (e.g., execCurrent.c)
114 * can tell that this plan node is not positioned on a tuple.
115 */
117
118 /*
119 * Rescan EvalPlanQual tuple(s) if we're inside an EvalPlanQual recheck.
120 * But don't lose the "blocked" status of blocked target relations.
121 */
122 if (estate->es_epq_active != NULL)
123 {
124 EPQState *epqstate = estate->es_epq_active;
125 Index scanrelid = ((Scan *) node->ps.plan)->scanrelid;
126
127 if (scanrelid > 0)
128 epqstate->relsubs_done[scanrelid - 1] =
129 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[scanrelid - 1];
130 else
131 {
132 Bitmapset *relids;
133 int rtindex = -1;
134
135 /*
136 * If an FDW or custom scan provider has replaced the join with a
137 * scan, there are multiple RTIs; reset the relsubs_done flag for
138 * all of them.
139 */
140 if (IsA(node->ps.plan, ForeignScan))
141 relids = ((ForeignScan *) node->ps.plan)->fs_base_relids;
142 else if (IsA(node->ps.plan, CustomScan))
143 relids = ((CustomScan *) node->ps.plan)->custom_relids;
144 else
145 elog(ERROR, "unexpected scan node: %d",
146 (int) nodeTag(node->ps.plan));
147
148 while ((rtindex = bms_next_member(relids, rtindex)) >= 0)
149 {
150 Assert(rtindex > 0);
151 epqstate->relsubs_done[rtindex - 1] =
152 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[rtindex - 1];
153 }
154 }
155 }
156}

References Assert, bms_next_member(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_epq_active, ExecClearTuple(), fb(), IsA, nodeTag, PlanState::plan, ScanState::ps, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, ScanState::ss_ScanTupleSlot, and PlanState::state.

Referenced by ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(), ExecReScanCteScan(), ExecReScanForeignScan(), ExecReScanFunctionScan(), ExecReScanIndexOnlyScan(), ExecReScanIndexScan(), ExecReScanNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecReScanSampleScan(), ExecReScanSeqScan(), ExecReScanSubqueryScan(), ExecReScanTableFuncScan(), ExecReScanTidRangeScan(), ExecReScanTidScan(), ExecReScanValuesScan(), and ExecReScanWorkTableScan().

◆ ExecSetExecProcNode()

void ExecSetExecProcNode ( PlanState node,
ExecProcNodeMtd  function 
)
extern

Definition at line 430 of file execProcnode.c.

431{
432 /*
433 * Add a wrapper around the ExecProcNode callback that checks stack depth
434 * during the first execution and maybe adds an instrumentation wrapper.
435 * When the callback is changed after execution has already begun that
436 * means we'll superfluously execute ExecProcNodeFirst, but that seems ok.
437 */
440}
static TupleTableSlot * ExecProcNodeFirst(PlanState *node)
on_exit_nicely_callback function

References PlanState::ExecProcNode, ExecProcNodeFirst(), PlanState::ExecProcNodeReal, and function.

Referenced by ExecHashJoinInitializeDSM(), ExecHashJoinInitializeWorker(), and ExecInitNode().

◆ ExecSetTupleBound()

void ExecSetTupleBound ( int64  tuples_needed,
PlanState child_node 
)
extern

Definition at line 829 of file execProcnode.c.

830{
831 /*
832 * Since this function recurses, in principle we should check stack depth
833 * here. In practice, it's probably pointless since the earlier node
834 * initialization tree traversal would surely have consumed more stack.
835 */
836
838 {
839 /*
840 * If it is a Sort node, notify it that it can use bounded sort.
841 *
842 * Note: it is the responsibility of nodeSort.c to react properly to
843 * changes of these parameters. If we ever redesign this, it'd be a
844 * good idea to integrate this signaling with the parameter-change
845 * mechanism.
846 */
848
849 if (tuples_needed < 0)
850 {
851 /* make sure flag gets reset if needed upon rescan */
852 sortState->bounded = false;
853 }
854 else
855 {
856 sortState->bounded = true;
857 sortState->bound = tuples_needed;
858 }
859 }
861 {
862 /*
863 * If it is an IncrementalSort node, notify it that it can use bounded
864 * sort.
865 *
866 * Note: it is the responsibility of nodeIncrementalSort.c to react
867 * properly to changes of these parameters. If we ever redesign this,
868 * it'd be a good idea to integrate this signaling with the
869 * parameter-change mechanism.
870 */
872
873 if (tuples_needed < 0)
874 {
875 /* make sure flag gets reset if needed upon rescan */
876 sortState->bounded = false;
877 }
878 else
879 {
880 sortState->bounded = true;
881 sortState->bound = tuples_needed;
882 }
883 }
884 else if (IsA(child_node, AppendState))
885 {
886 /*
887 * If it is an Append, we can apply the bound to any nodes that are
888 * children of the Append, since the Append surely need read no more
889 * than that many tuples from any one input.
890 */
892 int i;
893
894 for (i = 0; i < aState->as_nplans; i++)
895 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, aState->appendplans[i]);
896 }
898 {
899 /*
900 * If it is a MergeAppend, we can apply the bound to any nodes that
901 * are children of the MergeAppend, since the MergeAppend surely need
902 * read no more than that many tuples from any one input.
903 */
905 int i;
906
907 for (i = 0; i < maState->ms_nplans; i++)
908 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, maState->mergeplans[i]);
909 }
910 else if (IsA(child_node, ResultState))
911 {
912 /*
913 * Similarly, for a projecting Result, we can apply the bound to its
914 * child node.
915 *
916 * If Result supported qual checking, we'd have to punt on seeing a
917 * qual. Note that having a resconstantqual is not a showstopper: if
918 * that condition succeeds it affects nothing, while if it fails, no
919 * rows will be demanded from the Result child anyway.
920 */
923 }
925 {
926 /*
927 * We can also descend through SubqueryScan, but only if it has no
928 * qual (otherwise it might discard rows).
929 */
931
932 if (subqueryState->ss.ps.qual == NULL)
933 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, subqueryState->subplan);
934 }
935 else if (IsA(child_node, GatherState))
936 {
937 /*
938 * A Gather node can propagate the bound to its workers. As with
939 * MergeAppend, no one worker could possibly need to return more
940 * tuples than the Gather itself needs to.
941 *
942 * Note: As with Sort, the Gather node is responsible for reacting
943 * properly to changes to this parameter.
944 */
946
947 gstate->tuples_needed = tuples_needed;
948
949 /* Also pass down the bound to our own copy of the child plan */
951 }
953 {
954 /* Same comments as for Gather */
956
957 gstate->tuples_needed = tuples_needed;
958
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * In principle we could descend through any plan node type that is
964 * certain not to discard or combine input rows; but on seeing a node that
965 * can do that, we can't propagate the bound any further. For the moment
966 * it's unclear that any other cases are worth checking here.
967 */
968}
void ExecSetTupleBound(int64 tuples_needed, PlanState *child_node)
int64 tuples_needed
Definition execnodes.h:2644
bool bounded
Definition execnodes.h:2358

References SortState::bounded, IncrementalSortState::bounded, ExecSetTupleBound(), fb(), i, IsA, outerPlanState, GatherState::tuples_needed, and GatherMergeState::tuples_needed.

Referenced by ExecSetTupleBound(), ParallelQueryMain(), and recompute_limits().

◆ ExecShutdownNode()

void ExecShutdownNode ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 753 of file execProcnode.c.

754{
756}
static bool ExecShutdownNode_walker(PlanState *node, void *context)

References ExecShutdownNode_walker(), and fb().

Referenced by ExecutePlan().

◆ ExecSimpleRelationDelete()

void ExecSimpleRelationDelete ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
EPQState epqstate,
TupleTableSlot searchslot 
)
extern

Definition at line 996 of file execReplication.c.

999{
1000 bool skip_tuple = false;
1001 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1002 ItemPointer tid = &searchslot->tts_tid;
1003
1005
1006 /* BEFORE ROW DELETE Triggers */
1007 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
1008 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_delete_before_row)
1009 {
1010 skip_tuple = !ExecBRDeleteTriggers(estate, epqstate, resultRelInfo,
1011 tid, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, false);
1012 }
1013
1014 if (!skip_tuple)
1015 {
1016 /* OK, delete the tuple */
1017 simple_table_tuple_delete(rel, tid, estate->es_snapshot);
1018
1019 /* AFTER ROW DELETE Triggers */
1020 ExecARDeleteTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo,
1021 tid, NULL, NULL, false);
1022 }
1023}
TriggerDesc * ri_TrigDesc
Definition execnodes.h:548
bool trig_delete_before_row
Definition reltrigger.h:66
void simple_table_tuple_delete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot)
Definition tableam.c:316
void ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)
Definition trigger.c:2803
bool ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot **epqslot, TM_Result *tmresult, TM_FailureData *tmfd, bool is_merge_delete)
Definition trigger.c:2703

References CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_DELETE, EState::es_snapshot, ExecARDeleteTriggers(), ExecBRDeleteTriggers(), fb(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, simple_table_tuple_delete(), and TriggerDesc::trig_delete_before_row.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete_internal(), and apply_handle_tuple_routing().

◆ ExecSimpleRelationInsert()

void ExecSimpleRelationInsert ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 810 of file execReplication.c.

812{
813 bool skip_tuple = false;
814 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
815
816 /* For now we support only tables. */
817 Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION);
818
820
821 /* BEFORE ROW INSERT Triggers */
822 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
823 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_insert_before_row)
824 {
825 if (!ExecBRInsertTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo, slot))
826 skip_tuple = true; /* "do nothing" */
827 }
828
829 if (!skip_tuple)
830 {
833 bool conflict = false;
834
835 /* Compute stored generated columns */
836 if (rel->rd_att->constr &&
838 ExecComputeStoredGenerated(resultRelInfo, estate, slot,
839 CMD_INSERT);
840
841 /* Check the constraints of the tuple */
842 if (rel->rd_att->constr)
843 ExecConstraints(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
844 if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
845 ExecPartitionCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, true);
846
847 /* OK, store the tuple and create index entries for it */
848 simple_table_tuple_insert(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc, slot);
849
851
852 if (resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices > 0)
853 {
854 uint32 flags;
855
856 if (conflictindexes != NIL)
857 flags = EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR;
858 else
859 flags = 0;
861 estate, flags,
862 slot, conflictindexes,
863 &conflict);
864 }
865
866 /*
867 * Checks the conflict indexes to fetch the conflicting local row and
868 * reports the conflict. We perform this check here, instead of
869 * performing an additional index scan before the actual insertion and
870 * reporting the conflict if any conflicting rows are found. This is
871 * to avoid the overhead of executing the extra scan for each INSERT
872 * operation, even when no conflict arises, which could introduce
873 * significant overhead to replication, particularly in cases where
874 * conflicts are rare.
875 *
876 * XXX OTOH, this could lead to clean-up effort for dead tuples added
877 * in heap and index in case of conflicts. But as conflicts shouldn't
878 * be a frequent thing so we preferred to save the performance
879 * overhead of extra scan before each insertion.
880 */
881 if (conflict)
882 CheckAndReportConflict(resultRelInfo, estate, CT_INSERT_EXISTS,
883 recheckIndexes, NULL, slot);
884
885 /* AFTER ROW INSERT Triggers */
886 ExecARInsertTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo, slot,
888
889 /*
890 * XXX we should in theory pass a TransitionCaptureState object to the
891 * above to capture transition tuples, but after statement triggers
892 * don't actually get fired by replication yet anyway
893 */
894
896 }
897}
@ CT_INSERT_EXISTS
Definition conflict.h:34
List * ExecInsertIndexTuples(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, uint32 flags, TupleTableSlot *slot, List *arbiterIndexes, bool *specConflict)
bool ExecPartitionCheck(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, bool emitError)
Definition execMain.c:1885
void ExecConstraints(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
Definition execMain.c:2009
static void CheckAndReportConflict(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, ConflictType type, List *recheckIndexes, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *remoteslot)
void ExecComputeStoredGenerated(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, TupleTableSlot *slot, CmdType cmdtype)
TupleDesc rd_att
Definition rel.h:112
List * ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes
Definition execnodes.h:613
bool trig_insert_before_row
Definition reltrigger.h:56
bool has_generated_stored
Definition tupdesc.h:46
void simple_table_tuple_insert(Relation rel, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition tableam.c:302
bool ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition trigger.c:2467
void ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, List *recheckIndexes, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
Definition trigger.c:2545

References Assert, CheckAndReportConflict(), CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_INSERT, TupleDescData::constr, CT_INSERT_EXISTS, EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR, ExecARInsertTriggers(), ExecBRInsertTriggers(), ExecComputeStoredGenerated(), ExecConstraints(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), ExecPartitionCheck(), fb(), TupleConstr::has_generated_stored, list_free(), NIL, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, simple_table_tuple_insert(), and TriggerDesc::trig_insert_before_row.

Referenced by apply_handle_insert_internal().

◆ ExecSimpleRelationUpdate()

void ExecSimpleRelationUpdate ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
EPQState epqstate,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 906 of file execReplication.c.

909{
910 bool skip_tuple = false;
911 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
912 ItemPointer tid = &(searchslot->tts_tid);
913
914 /*
915 * We support only non-system tables, with
916 * check_publication_add_relation() accountable.
917 */
918 Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION);
920
922
923 /* BEFORE ROW UPDATE Triggers */
924 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
925 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_update_before_row)
926 {
927 if (!ExecBRUpdateTriggers(estate, epqstate, resultRelInfo,
928 tid, NULL, slot, NULL, NULL, false))
929 skip_tuple = true; /* "do nothing" */
930 }
931
932 if (!skip_tuple)
933 {
937 bool conflict = false;
938
939 /* Compute stored generated columns */
940 if (rel->rd_att->constr &&
942 ExecComputeStoredGenerated(resultRelInfo, estate, slot,
943 CMD_UPDATE);
944
945 /* Check the constraints of the tuple */
946 if (rel->rd_att->constr)
947 ExecConstraints(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
948 if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
949 ExecPartitionCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, true);
950
951 simple_table_tuple_update(rel, tid, slot, estate->es_snapshot,
953
955
956 if (resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices > 0 && (update_indexes != TU_None))
957 {
958 uint32 flags = EIIT_IS_UPDATE;
959
960 if (conflictindexes != NIL)
961 flags |= EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR;
963 flags |= EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING;
965 estate, flags,
966 slot, conflictindexes,
967 &conflict);
968 }
969
970 /*
971 * Refer to the comments above the call to CheckAndReportConflict() in
972 * ExecSimpleRelationInsert to understand why this check is done at
973 * this point.
974 */
975 if (conflict)
976 CheckAndReportConflict(resultRelInfo, estate, CT_UPDATE_EXISTS,
978
979 /* AFTER ROW UPDATE Triggers */
980 ExecARUpdateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo,
981 NULL, NULL,
982 tid, NULL, slot,
983 recheckIndexes, NULL, false);
984
986 }
987}
bool IsCatalogRelation(Relation relation)
Definition catalog.c:104
@ CT_UPDATE_EXISTS
Definition conflict.h:40
bool trig_update_before_row
Definition reltrigger.h:61
void simple_table_tuple_update(Relation rel, ItemPointer otid, TupleTableSlot *slot, Snapshot snapshot, TU_UpdateIndexes *update_indexes)
Definition tableam.c:361
TU_UpdateIndexes
Definition tableam.h:133
@ TU_Summarizing
Definition tableam.h:141
@ TU_None
Definition tableam.h:135
bool ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot, TM_Result *tmresult, TM_FailureData *tmfd, bool is_merge_update)
Definition trigger.c:2973
void ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo, ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot, List *recheckIndexes, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)
Definition trigger.c:3146

References Assert, CheckAndReportConflict(), CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_UPDATE, TupleDescData::constr, CT_UPDATE_EXISTS, EIIT_IS_UPDATE, EIIT_NO_DUPE_ERROR, EIIT_ONLY_SUMMARIZING, EState::es_snapshot, ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecComputeStoredGenerated(), ExecConstraints(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), ExecPartitionCheck(), fb(), TupleConstr::has_generated_stored, IsCatalogRelation(), list_free(), NIL, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, simple_table_tuple_update(), TriggerDesc::trig_update_before_row, TU_None, and TU_Summarizing.

Referenced by apply_handle_tuple_routing(), and apply_handle_update_internal().

◆ ExecSupportsBackwardScan()

bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan ( Plan node)
extern

Definition at line 512 of file execAmi.c.

513{
514 if (node == NULL)
515 return false;
516
517 /*
518 * Parallel-aware nodes return a subset of the tuples in each worker, and
519 * in general we can't expect to have enough bookkeeping state to know
520 * which ones we returned in this worker as opposed to some other worker.
521 */
522 if (node->parallel_aware)
523 return false;
524
525 switch (nodeTag(node))
526 {
527 case T_Result:
528 if (outerPlan(node) != NULL)
530 else
531 return false;
532
533 case T_Append:
534 {
535 ListCell *l;
536
537 /* With async, tuples may be interleaved, so can't back up. */
538 if (((Append *) node)->nasyncplans > 0)
539 return false;
540
541 foreach(l, ((Append *) node)->appendplans)
542 {
544 return false;
545 }
546 /* need not check tlist because Append doesn't evaluate it */
547 return true;
548 }
549
550 case T_SampleScan:
551 /* Simplify life for tablesample methods by disallowing this */
552 return false;
553
554 case T_Gather:
555 return false;
556
557 case T_IndexScan:
558 return IndexSupportsBackwardScan(((IndexScan *) node)->indexid);
559
560 case T_IndexOnlyScan:
561 return IndexSupportsBackwardScan(((IndexOnlyScan *) node)->indexid);
562
563 case T_SubqueryScan:
564 return ExecSupportsBackwardScan(((SubqueryScan *) node)->subplan);
565
566 case T_CustomScan:
567 if (((CustomScan *) node)->flags & CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_BACKWARD_SCAN)
568 return true;
569 return false;
570
571 case T_SeqScan:
572 case T_TidScan:
573 case T_TidRangeScan:
574 case T_FunctionScan:
575 case T_ValuesScan:
576 case T_CteScan:
577 case T_Material:
578 case T_Sort:
579 /* these don't evaluate tlist */
580 return true;
581
583
584 /*
585 * Unlike full sort, incremental sort keeps only a single group of
586 * tuples in memory, so it can't scan backwards.
587 */
588 return false;
589
590 case T_LockRows:
591 case T_Limit:
593
594 default:
595 return false;
596 }
597}
static bool IndexSupportsBackwardScan(Oid indexid)
Definition execAmi.c:604
bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan(Plan *node)
Definition execAmi.c:512
#define CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_BACKWARD_SCAN
Definition extensible.h:84
bool parallel_aware
Definition plannodes.h:219

References CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_BACKWARD_SCAN, ExecSupportsBackwardScan(), fb(), IndexSupportsBackwardScan(), lfirst, nodeTag, outerPlan, and Plan::parallel_aware.

Referenced by ExecSupportsBackwardScan(), PerformCursorOpen(), SPI_cursor_open_internal(), and standard_planner().

◆ ExecSupportsMarkRestore()

bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore ( Path pathnode)
extern

Definition at line 419 of file execAmi.c.

420{
421 /*
422 * For consistency with the routines above, we do not examine the nodeTag
423 * but rather the pathtype, which is the Plan node type the Path would
424 * produce.
425 */
426 switch (pathnode->pathtype)
427 {
428 case T_IndexScan:
429 case T_IndexOnlyScan:
430
431 /*
432 * Not all index types support mark/restore.
433 */
434 return castNode(IndexPath, pathnode)->indexinfo->amcanmarkpos;
435
436 case T_Material:
437 case T_Sort:
438 return true;
439
440 case T_CustomScan:
442 return true;
443 return false;
444
445 case T_Result:
446
447 /*
448 * Result supports mark/restore iff it has a child plan that does.
449 *
450 * We have to be careful here because there is more than one Path
451 * type that can produce a Result plan node.
452 */
455 else if (IsA(pathnode, MinMaxAggPath))
456 return false; /* childless Result */
457 else if (IsA(pathnode, GroupResultPath))
458 return false; /* childless Result */
459 else
460 {
461 /* Simple RTE_RESULT base relation */
463 return false; /* childless Result */
464 }
465
466 case T_Append:
467 {
469
470 /*
471 * If there's exactly one child, then there will be no Append
472 * in the final plan, so we can handle mark/restore if the
473 * child plan node can.
474 */
475 if (list_length(appendPath->subpaths) == 1)
476 return ExecSupportsMarkRestore((Path *) linitial(appendPath->subpaths));
477 /* Otherwise, Append can't handle it */
478 return false;
479 }
480
481 case T_MergeAppend:
482 {
484
485 /*
486 * Like the Append case above, single-subpath MergeAppends
487 * won't be in the final plan, so just return the child's
488 * mark/restore ability.
489 */
490 if (list_length(mapath->subpaths) == 1)
491 return ExecSupportsMarkRestore((Path *) linitial(mapath->subpaths));
492 /* Otherwise, MergeAppend can't handle it */
493 return false;
494 }
495
496 default:
497 break;
498 }
499
500 return false;
501}
bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore(Path *pathnode)
Definition execAmi.c:419
#define CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_MARK_RESTORE
Definition extensible.h:85
Datum subpath(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition ltree_op.c:311
#define castNode(_type_, nodeptr)
Definition nodes.h:182
#define linitial(l)
Definition pg_list.h:178

References Assert, castNode, CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_MARK_RESTORE, ExecSupportsMarkRestore(), fb(), IsA, linitial, list_length(), and subpath().

Referenced by ExecSupportsMarkRestore(), and final_cost_mergejoin().

◆ ExecTargetListLength()

int ExecTargetListLength ( List targetlist)
extern

Definition at line 1201 of file execUtils.c.

1202{
1203 /* This used to be more complex, but fjoins are dead */
1204 return list_length(targetlist);
1205}

References list_length().

Referenced by ExecTypeFromTLInternal().

◆ execTuplesHashPrepare()

void execTuplesHashPrepare ( int  numCols,
const Oid eqOperators,
Oid **  eqFuncOids,
FmgrInfo **  hashFunctions 
)
extern

Definition at line 100 of file execGrouping.c.

104{
105 int i;
106
107 *eqFuncOids = (Oid *) palloc(numCols * sizeof(Oid));
108 *hashFunctions = (FmgrInfo *) palloc(numCols * sizeof(FmgrInfo));
109
110 for (i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
111 {
112 Oid eq_opr = eqOperators[i];
116
117 eq_function = get_opcode(eq_opr);
118 if (!get_op_hash_functions(eq_opr,
120 elog(ERROR, "could not find hash function for hash operator %u",
121 eq_opr);
122 /* We're not supporting cross-type cases here */
124 (*eqFuncOids)[i] = eq_function;
126 }
127}
RegProcedure get_opcode(Oid opno)
Definition lsyscache.c:1505
bool get_op_hash_functions(Oid opno, RegProcedure *lhs_procno, RegProcedure *rhs_procno)
Definition lsyscache.c:577

References Assert, elog, ERROR, fb(), fmgr_info(), get_op_hash_functions(), get_opcode(), i, and palloc().

Referenced by ExecInitRecursiveUnion(), ExecInitSetOp(), and find_hash_columns().

◆ execTuplesMatchPrepare()

ExprState * execTuplesMatchPrepare ( TupleDesc  desc,
int  numCols,
const AttrNumber keyColIdx,
const Oid eqOperators,
const Oid collations,
PlanState parent 
)
extern

Definition at line 61 of file execGrouping.c.

67{
69 int i;
70 ExprState *expr;
71
72 if (numCols == 0)
73 return NULL;
74
75 eqFunctions = (Oid *) palloc(numCols * sizeof(Oid));
76
77 /* lookup equality functions */
78 for (i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
79 eqFunctions[i] = get_opcode(eqOperators[i]);
80
81 /* build actual expression */
82 expr = ExecBuildGroupingEqual(desc, desc, NULL, NULL,
83 numCols, keyColIdx, eqFunctions, collations,
84 parent);
85
86 return expr;
87}

References ExecBuildGroupingEqual(), fb(), get_opcode(), i, and palloc().

Referenced by build_pertrans_for_aggref(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitUnique(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), and hypothetical_dense_rank_final().

◆ ExecTypeFromExprList()

TupleDesc ExecTypeFromExprList ( List exprList)
extern

Definition at line 2259 of file execTuples.c.

2260{
2262 ListCell *lc;
2263 int cur_resno = 1;
2264
2266
2267 foreach(lc, exprList)
2268 {
2269 Node *e = lfirst(lc);
2270
2272 cur_resno,
2273 NULL,
2274 exprType(e),
2275 exprTypmod(e),
2276 0);
2278 cur_resno,
2279 exprCollation(e));
2280 cur_resno++;
2281 }
2282
2284
2285 return typeInfo;
2286}
int32 exprTypmod(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:304
Oid exprCollation(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:826
void TupleDescInitEntryCollation(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, Oid collationid)
Definition tupdesc.c:1084

References CreateTemplateTupleDesc(), exprCollation(), exprType(), exprTypmod(), fb(), lfirst, list_length(), TupleDescFinalize(), TupleDescInitEntry(), and TupleDescInitEntryCollation().

Referenced by ExecInitExprRec(), ExecInitMemoize(), and ExecInitValuesScan().

◆ ExecTypeFromTL()

TupleDesc ExecTypeFromTL ( List targetList)
extern

◆ ExecTypeSetColNames()

void ExecTypeSetColNames ( TupleDesc  typeInfo,
List namesList 
)
extern

Definition at line 2294 of file execTuples.c.

2295{
2296 int colno = 0;
2297 ListCell *lc;
2298
2299 /* It's only OK to change col names in a not-yet-blessed RECORD type */
2300 Assert(typeInfo->tdtypeid == RECORDOID);
2301 Assert(typeInfo->tdtypmod < 0);
2302
2303 foreach(lc, namesList)
2304 {
2305 char *cname = strVal(lfirst(lc));
2306 Form_pg_attribute attr;
2307
2308 /* Guard against too-long names list (probably can't happen) */
2309 if (colno >= typeInfo->natts)
2310 break;
2311 attr = TupleDescAttr(typeInfo, colno);
2312 colno++;
2313
2314 /*
2315 * Do nothing for empty aliases or dropped columns (these cases
2316 * probably can't arise in RECORD types, either)
2317 */
2318 if (cname[0] == '\0' || attr->attisdropped)
2319 continue;
2320
2321 /* OK, assign the column name */
2322 namestrcpy(&(attr->attname), cname);
2323 }
2324}
void namestrcpy(Name name, const char *str)
Definition name.c:233
#define strVal(v)
Definition value.h:82

References Assert, fb(), lfirst, namestrcpy(), strVal, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by ExecEvalWholeRowVar(), and ExecInitExprRec().

◆ ExecUpdateLockMode()

LockTupleMode ExecUpdateLockMode ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relinfo 
)
extern

Definition at line 2559 of file execMain.c.

2560{
2562 Bitmapset *updatedCols;
2563
2564 /*
2565 * Compute lock mode to use. If columns that are part of the key have not
2566 * been modified, then we can use a weaker lock, allowing for better
2567 * concurrency.
2568 */
2569 updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
2570 keyCols = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc,
2572
2573 if (bms_overlap(keyCols, updatedCols))
2574 return LockTupleExclusive;
2575
2577}
bool bms_overlap(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:575
Bitmapset * ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition execUtils.c:1444
@ LockTupleExclusive
Definition lockoptions.h:59
@ LockTupleNoKeyExclusive
Definition lockoptions.h:57
Bitmapset * RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(Relation relation, IndexAttrBitmapKind attrKind)
Definition relcache.c:5294
@ INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY
Definition relcache.h:69

References bms_overlap(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), fb(), INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY, LockTupleExclusive, LockTupleNoKeyExclusive, and RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap().

Referenced by ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecMergeMatched(), and ExecOnConflictUpdate().

◆ executor_errposition()

int executor_errposition ( EState estate,
int  location 
)
extern

Definition at line 962 of file execUtils.c.

963{
964 int pos;
965
966 /* No-op if location was not provided */
967 if (location < 0)
968 return 0;
969 /* Can't do anything if source text is not available */
970 if (estate == NULL || estate->es_sourceText == NULL)
971 return 0;
972 /* Convert offset to character number */
973 pos = pg_mbstrlen_with_len(estate->es_sourceText, location) + 1;
974 /* And pass it to the ereport mechanism */
975 return errposition(pos);
976}
int errposition(int cursorpos)
int pg_mbstrlen_with_len(const char *mbstr, int limit)
Definition mbutils.c:1185

References errposition(), EState::es_sourceText, fb(), and pg_mbstrlen_with_len().

Referenced by ExecInitFunc(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitSubscriptingRef(), and init_sexpr().

◆ ExecutorEnd()

void ExecutorEnd ( QueryDesc queryDesc)
extern

Definition at line 477 of file execMain.c.

478{
480 (*ExecutorEnd_hook) (queryDesc);
481 else
482 standard_ExecutorEnd(queryDesc);
483}
ExecutorEnd_hook_type ExecutorEnd_hook
Definition execMain.c:73
void standard_ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc)
Definition execMain.c:486

References ExecutorEnd_hook, and standard_ExecutorEnd().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), EndCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PersistHoldablePortal(), PortalCleanup(), postquel_end(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecutorFinish()

void ExecutorFinish ( QueryDesc queryDesc)
extern

Definition at line 417 of file execMain.c.

418{
420 (*ExecutorFinish_hook) (queryDesc);
421 else
422 standard_ExecutorFinish(queryDesc);
423}
ExecutorFinish_hook_type ExecutorFinish_hook
Definition execMain.c:72
void standard_ExecutorFinish(QueryDesc *queryDesc)
Definition execMain.c:426

References ExecutorFinish_hook, and standard_ExecutorFinish().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), EndCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PersistHoldablePortal(), PortalCleanup(), postquel_end(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecutorRewind()

void ExecutorRewind ( QueryDesc queryDesc)
extern

Definition at line 547 of file execMain.c.

548{
549 EState *estate;
550 MemoryContext oldcontext;
551
552 /* sanity checks */
553 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
554
555 estate = queryDesc->estate;
556
557 Assert(estate != NULL);
558
559 /* It's probably not sensible to rescan updating queries */
560 Assert(queryDesc->operation == CMD_SELECT);
561
562 /*
563 * Switch into per-query memory context
564 */
565 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
566
567 /*
568 * rescan plan
569 */
570 ExecReScan(queryDesc->planstate);
571
572 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
573}
void ExecReScan(PlanState *node)
Definition execAmi.c:78
CmdType operation
Definition execdesc.h:36

References Assert, CMD_SELECT, EState::es_query_cxt, QueryDesc::estate, ExecReScan(), fb(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), QueryDesc::operation, and QueryDesc::planstate.

Referenced by DoPortalRewind(), and PersistHoldablePortal().

◆ ExecutorRun()

void ExecutorRun ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
ScanDirection  direction,
uint64  count 
)
extern

Definition at line 308 of file execMain.c.

310{
312 (*ExecutorRun_hook) (queryDesc, direction, count);
313 else
314 standard_ExecutorRun(queryDesc, direction, count);
315}
ExecutorRun_hook_type ExecutorRun_hook
Definition execMain.c:71
void standard_ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
Definition execMain.c:318

References ExecutorRun_hook, and standard_ExecutorRun().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), DoCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PersistHoldablePortal(), PortalRunSelect(), postquel_getnext(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecutorStart()

void ExecutorStart ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
int  eflags 
)
extern

Definition at line 124 of file execMain.c.

125{
126 /*
127 * In some cases (e.g. an EXECUTE statement or an execute message with the
128 * extended query protocol) the query_id won't be reported, so do it now.
129 *
130 * Note that it's harmless to report the query_id multiple times, as the
131 * call will be ignored if the top level query_id has already been
132 * reported.
133 */
134 pgstat_report_query_id(queryDesc->plannedstmt->queryId, false);
135
137 (*ExecutorStart_hook) (queryDesc, eflags);
138 else
139 standard_ExecutorStart(queryDesc, eflags);
140}
void pgstat_report_query_id(int64 query_id, bool force)
ExecutorStart_hook_type ExecutorStart_hook
Definition execMain.c:70
void standard_ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
Definition execMain.c:143
int64 queryId
Definition plannodes.h:69
PlannedStmt * plannedstmt
Definition execdesc.h:37

References ExecutorStart_hook, pgstat_report_query_id(), QueryDesc::plannedstmt, PlannedStmt::queryId, and standard_ExecutorStart().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), BeginCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PortalStart(), postquel_start(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecWithCheckOptions()

void ExecWithCheckOptions ( WCOKind  kind,
ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate 
)
extern

Definition at line 2257 of file execMain.c.

2259{
2260 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2261 TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
2262 ExprContext *econtext;
2263 ListCell *l1,
2264 *l2;
2265
2266 /*
2267 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating constraint
2268 * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
2269 */
2270 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
2271
2272 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
2273 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
2274
2275 /* Check each of the constraints */
2276 forboth(l1, resultRelInfo->ri_WithCheckOptions,
2277 l2, resultRelInfo->ri_WithCheckOptionExprs)
2278 {
2280 ExprState *wcoExpr = (ExprState *) lfirst(l2);
2281
2282 /*
2283 * Skip any WCOs which are not the kind we are looking for at this
2284 * time.
2285 */
2286 if (wco->kind != kind)
2287 continue;
2288
2289 /*
2290 * WITH CHECK OPTION checks are intended to ensure that the new tuple
2291 * is visible (in the case of a view) or that it passes the
2292 * 'with-check' policy (in the case of row security). If the qual
2293 * evaluates to NULL or FALSE, then the new tuple won't be included in
2294 * the view or doesn't pass the 'with-check' policy for the table.
2295 */
2296 if (!ExecQual(wcoExpr, econtext))
2297 {
2298 char *val_desc;
2300
2301 switch (wco->kind)
2302 {
2303 /*
2304 * For WITH CHECK OPTIONs coming from views, we might be
2305 * able to provide the details on the row, depending on
2306 * the permissions on the relation (that is, if the user
2307 * could view it directly anyway). For RLS violations, we
2308 * don't include the data since we don't know if the user
2309 * should be able to view the tuple as that depends on the
2310 * USING policy.
2311 */
2312 case WCO_VIEW_CHECK:
2313 /* See the comment in ExecConstraints(). */
2314 if (resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
2315 {
2316 ResultRelInfo *rootrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
2318 AttrMap *map;
2319
2320 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
2321 /* a reverse map */
2323 tupdesc,
2324 false);
2325
2326 /*
2327 * Partition-specific slot's tupdesc can't be changed,
2328 * so allocate a new one.
2329 */
2330 if (map != NULL)
2331 slot = execute_attr_map_slot(map, slot,
2332 MakeTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual, 0));
2333
2335 ExecGetUpdatedCols(rootrel, estate));
2336 rel = rootrel->ri_RelationDesc;
2337 }
2338 else
2339 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(resultRelInfo, estate),
2340 ExecGetUpdatedCols(resultRelInfo, estate));
2342 slot,
2343 tupdesc,
2345 64);
2346
2347 ereport(ERROR,
2349 errmsg("new row violates check option for view \"%s\"",
2350 wco->relname),
2351 val_desc ? errdetail("Failing row contains %s.",
2352 val_desc) : 0));
2353 break;
2356 if (wco->polname != NULL)
2357 ereport(ERROR,
2359 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy \"%s\" for table \"%s\"",
2360 wco->polname, wco->relname)));
2361 else
2362 ereport(ERROR,
2364 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy for table \"%s\"",
2365 wco->relname)));
2366 break;
2369 if (wco->polname != NULL)
2370 ereport(ERROR,
2372 errmsg("target row violates row-level security policy \"%s\" (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2373 wco->polname, wco->relname)));
2374 else
2375 ereport(ERROR,
2377 errmsg("target row violates row-level security policy (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2378 wco->relname)));
2379 break;
2381 if (wco->polname != NULL)
2382 ereport(ERROR,
2384 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy \"%s\" (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2385 wco->polname, wco->relname)));
2386 else
2387 ereport(ERROR,
2389 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2390 wco->relname)));
2391 break;
2392 default:
2393 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized WCO kind: %u", wco->kind);
2394 break;
2395 }
2396 }
2397 }
2398}
@ WCO_RLS_MERGE_UPDATE_CHECK
@ WCO_RLS_CONFLICT_CHECK
@ WCO_RLS_INSERT_CHECK
@ WCO_VIEW_CHECK
@ WCO_RLS_UPDATE_CHECK
@ WCO_RLS_MERGE_DELETE_CHECK
List * ri_WithCheckOptions
Definition execnodes.h:582
List * ri_WithCheckOptionExprs
Definition execnodes.h:585

References bms_union(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), ExecQual(), execute_attr_map_slot(), fb(), forboth, GetPerTupleExprContext, lfirst, MakeTupleTableSlot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_WithCheckOptionExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_WithCheckOptions, TTSOpsVirtual, WCO_RLS_CONFLICT_CHECK, WCO_RLS_INSERT_CHECK, WCO_RLS_MERGE_DELETE_CHECK, WCO_RLS_MERGE_UPDATE_CHECK, WCO_RLS_UPDATE_CHECK, and WCO_VIEW_CHECK.

Referenced by ExecBatchInsert(), ExecInsert(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecOnConflictSelect(), ExecOnConflictUpdate(), ExecUpdateAct(), and ExecUpdateEpilogue().

◆ FindTupleHashEntry()

TupleHashEntry FindTupleHashEntry ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot,
ExprState eqcomp,
ExprState hashexpr 
)
extern

Definition at line 469 of file execGrouping.c.

472{
473 TupleHashEntry entry;
476
477 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
479
480 /* Set up data needed by hash and match functions */
481 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
482 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashexpr;
483 hashtable->cur_eq_func = eqcomp;
484
485 /* Search the hash table */
486 key = NULL; /* flag to reference inputslot */
487 entry = tuplehash_lookup(hashtable->hashtab, key);
489
490 return entry;
491}

References TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, fb(), TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and TupleHashTableData::tempcxt.

Referenced by ExecHashSubPlan().

◆ FreeExecutorState()

void FreeExecutorState ( EState estate)
extern

Definition at line 197 of file execUtils.c.

198{
199 /*
200 * Shut down and free any remaining ExprContexts. We do this explicitly
201 * to ensure that any remaining shutdown callbacks get called (since they
202 * might need to release resources that aren't simply memory within the
203 * per-query memory context).
204 */
205 while (estate->es_exprcontexts)
206 {
207 /*
208 * XXX: seems there ought to be a faster way to implement this than
209 * repeated list_delete(), no?
210 */
212 true);
213 /* FreeExprContext removed the list link for us */
214 }
215
216 /* release JIT context, if allocated */
217 if (estate->es_jit)
218 {
220 estate->es_jit = NULL;
221 }
222
223 /* release partition directory, if allocated */
224 if (estate->es_partition_directory)
225 {
228 }
229
230 /*
231 * Free the per-query memory context, thereby releasing all working
232 * memory, including the EState node itself.
233 */
235}
void FreeExprContext(ExprContext *econtext, bool isCommit)
Definition execUtils.c:421
void jit_release_context(JitContext *context)
Definition jit.c:138
void MemoryContextDelete(MemoryContext context)
Definition mcxt.c:472
void DestroyPartitionDirectory(PartitionDirectory pdir)
Definition partdesc.c:484

References DestroyPartitionDirectory(), EState::es_exprcontexts, EState::es_jit, EState::es_partition_directory, EState::es_query_cxt, fb(), FreeExprContext(), jit_release_context(), linitial, and MemoryContextDelete().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATRewriteTable(), check_default_partition_contents(), compute_expr_stats(), compute_index_stats(), CopyFrom(), EvalPlanQualEnd(), evaluate_expr(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExecuteQuery(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), ExplainExecuteQuery(), finish_edata(), freestate_cluster(), get_qual_for_range(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), make_build_data(), MergePartitionsMoveRows(), operator_predicate_proof(), plpgsql_inline_handler(), plpgsql_xact_cb(), release_change_context(), SplitPartitionMoveRows(), standard_ExecutorEnd(), unique_key_recheck(), and validateDomainCheckConstraint().

◆ FreeExprContext()

void FreeExprContext ( ExprContext econtext,
bool  isCommit 
)
extern

Definition at line 421 of file execUtils.c.

422{
423 EState *estate;
424
425 /* Call any registered callbacks */
426 ShutdownExprContext(econtext, isCommit);
427 /* And clean up the memory used */
429 /* Unlink self from owning EState, if any */
430 estate = econtext->ecxt_estate;
431 if (estate)
433 econtext);
434 /* And delete the ExprContext node */
435 pfree(econtext);
436}
static void ShutdownExprContext(ExprContext *econtext, bool isCommit)
Definition execUtils.c:1046
List * list_delete_ptr(List *list, void *datum)
Definition list.c:872

References ExprContext::ecxt_estate, ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, EState::es_exprcontexts, fb(), list_delete_ptr(), MemoryContextDelete(), pfree(), and ShutdownExprContext().

Referenced by FreeExecutorState(), plpgsql_destroy_econtext(), and plpgsql_subxact_cb().

◆ GetAttributeByName()

Datum GetAttributeByName ( HeapTupleHeader  tuple,
const char attname,
bool isNull 
)
extern

Definition at line 1087 of file execUtils.c.

1088{
1090 Datum result;
1091 Oid tupType;
1093 TupleDesc tupDesc;
1095 int i;
1096
1097 if (attname == NULL)
1098 elog(ERROR, "invalid attribute name");
1099
1100 if (isNull == NULL)
1101 elog(ERROR, "a NULL isNull pointer was passed");
1102
1103 if (tuple == NULL)
1104 {
1105 /* Kinda bogus but compatible with old behavior... */
1106 *isNull = true;
1107 return (Datum) 0;
1108 }
1109
1113
1115 for (i = 0; i < tupDesc->natts; i++)
1116 {
1117 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupDesc, i);
1118
1119 if (namestrcmp(&(att->attname), attname) == 0)
1120 {
1121 attrno = att->attnum;
1122 break;
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1127 elog(ERROR, "attribute \"%s\" does not exist", attname);
1128
1129 /*
1130 * heap_getattr needs a HeapTuple not a bare HeapTupleHeader. We set all
1131 * the fields in the struct just in case user tries to inspect system
1132 * columns.
1133 */
1135 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self));
1136 tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
1137 tmptup.t_data = tuple;
1138
1140 attrno,
1141 tupDesc,
1142 isNull);
1143
1144 ReleaseTupleDesc(tupDesc);
1145
1146 return result;
1147}
int32_t int32
Definition c.h:620
static Datum heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc, bool *isnull)
int namestrcmp(Name name, const char *str)
Definition name.c:247
NameData attname
#define ReleaseTupleDesc(tupdesc)
Definition tupdesc.h:240
TupleDesc lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(Oid type_id, int32 typmod)
Definition typcache.c:1947

References attname, elog, ERROR, fb(), heap_getattr(), HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), i, InvalidAttrNumber, InvalidOid, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), namestrcmp(), TupleDescData::natts, ReleaseTupleDesc, result, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by c_overpaid(), and overpaid().

◆ GetAttributeByNum()

Datum GetAttributeByNum ( HeapTupleHeader  tuple,
AttrNumber  attrno,
bool isNull 
)
extern

Definition at line 1150 of file execUtils.c.

1153{
1154 Datum result;
1155 Oid tupType;
1157 TupleDesc tupDesc;
1159
1161 elog(ERROR, "invalid attribute number %d", attrno);
1162
1163 if (isNull == NULL)
1164 elog(ERROR, "a NULL isNull pointer was passed");
1165
1166 if (tuple == NULL)
1167 {
1168 /* Kinda bogus but compatible with old behavior... */
1169 *isNull = true;
1170 return (Datum) 0;
1171 }
1172
1176
1177 /*
1178 * heap_getattr needs a HeapTuple not a bare HeapTupleHeader. We set all
1179 * the fields in the struct just in case user tries to inspect system
1180 * columns.
1181 */
1183 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self));
1184 tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
1185 tmptup.t_data = tuple;
1186
1188 attrno,
1189 tupDesc,
1190 isNull);
1191
1192 ReleaseTupleDesc(tupDesc);
1193
1194 return result;
1195}

References AttributeNumberIsValid, elog, ERROR, fb(), heap_getattr(), HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), InvalidOid, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), ReleaseTupleDesc, and result.

◆ InitResultRelInfo()

void InitResultRelInfo ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
Relation  resultRelationDesc,
Index  resultRelationIndex,
ResultRelInfo partition_root_rri,
int  instrument_options 
)
extern

Definition at line 1271 of file execMain.c.

1276{
1277 MemSet(resultRelInfo, 0, sizeof(ResultRelInfo));
1278 resultRelInfo->type = T_ResultRelInfo;
1279 resultRelInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex = resultRelationIndex;
1280 resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc = resultRelationDesc;
1281 resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices = 0;
1282 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs = NULL;
1283 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo = NULL;
1284 resultRelInfo->ri_needLockTagTuple =
1286 /* make a copy so as not to depend on relcache info not changing... */
1287 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc = CopyTriggerDesc(resultRelationDesc->trigdesc);
1288 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc)
1289 {
1290 int n = resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->numtriggers;
1291
1292 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigFunctions = (FmgrInfo *)
1294 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs = (ExprState **)
1296 if (instrument_options)
1297 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigInstrument = InstrAllocTrigger(n, instrument_options);
1298 }
1299 else
1300 {
1301 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigFunctions = NULL;
1302 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs = NULL;
1303 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigInstrument = NULL;
1304 }
1305 if (resultRelationDesc->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
1307 else
1308 resultRelInfo->ri_FdwRoutine = NULL;
1309
1310 /* The following fields are set later if needed */
1311 resultRelInfo->ri_RowIdAttNo = 0;
1312 resultRelInfo->ri_extraUpdatedCols = NULL;
1313 resultRelInfo->ri_projectNew = NULL;
1314 resultRelInfo->ri_newTupleSlot = NULL;
1315 resultRelInfo->ri_oldTupleSlot = NULL;
1316 resultRelInfo->ri_projectNewInfoValid = false;
1317 resultRelInfo->ri_FdwState = NULL;
1318 resultRelInfo->ri_usesFdwDirectModify = false;
1319 resultRelInfo->ri_CheckConstraintExprs = NULL;
1321 resultRelInfo->ri_GeneratedExprsI = NULL;
1322 resultRelInfo->ri_GeneratedExprsU = NULL;
1323 resultRelInfo->ri_projectReturning = NULL;
1324 resultRelInfo->ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes = NIL;
1325 resultRelInfo->ri_onConflict = NULL;
1326 resultRelInfo->ri_forPortionOf = NULL;
1327 resultRelInfo->ri_ReturningSlot = NULL;
1328 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigOldSlot = NULL;
1329 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot = NULL;
1330 resultRelInfo->ri_AllNullSlot = NULL;
1331 resultRelInfo->ri_MergeActions[MERGE_WHEN_MATCHED] = NIL;
1334 resultRelInfo->ri_MergeJoinCondition = NULL;
1335
1336 /*
1337 * Only ExecInitPartitionInfo() and ExecInitPartitionDispatchInfo() pass
1338 * non-NULL partition_root_rri. For child relations that are part of the
1339 * initial query rather than being dynamically added by tuple routing,
1340 * this field is filled in ExecInitModifyTable().
1341 */
1343 /* Set by ExecGetRootToChildMap */
1344 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMap = NULL;
1345 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMapValid = false;
1346 /* Set by ExecInitRoutingInfo */
1347 resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionTupleSlot = NULL;
1348 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap = NULL;
1349 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMapValid = false;
1350 resultRelInfo->ri_CopyMultiInsertBuffer = NULL;
1351}
#define MemSet(start, val, len)
Definition c.h:1107
TriggerInstrumentation * InstrAllocTrigger(int n, int instrument_options)
Definition instrument.c:253
@ MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_TARGET
Definition primnodes.h:2026
@ MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_SOURCE
Definition primnodes.h:2025
@ MERGE_WHEN_MATCHED
Definition primnodes.h:2024
OnConflictActionState * ri_onConflict
Definition execnodes.h:616
ExprState ** ri_CheckConstraintExprs
Definition execnodes.h:588
TupleTableSlot * ri_PartitionTupleSlot
Definition execnodes.h:655
bool ri_projectNewInfoValid
Definition execnodes.h:542
ExprState * ri_MergeJoinCondition
Definition execnodes.h:622
TupleTableSlot * ri_ReturningSlot
Definition execnodes.h:560
TupleTableSlot * ri_oldTupleSlot
Definition execnodes.h:540
struct CopyMultiInsertBuffer * ri_CopyMultiInsertBuffer
Definition execnodes.h:658
TupleTableSlot * ri_AllNullSlot
Definition execnodes.h:563
ForPortionOfState * ri_forPortionOf
Definition execnodes.h:625
Bitmapset * ri_extraUpdatedCols
Definition execnodes.h:531
ExprState ** ri_GeneratedExprsI
Definition execnodes.h:599
void * ri_FdwState
Definition execnodes.h:569
List * ri_MergeActions[NUM_MERGE_MATCH_KINDS]
Definition execnodes.h:619
TupleTableSlot * ri_newTupleSlot
Definition execnodes.h:538
ProjectionInfo * ri_projectNew
Definition execnodes.h:536
NodeTag type
Definition execnodes.h:507
ProjectionInfo * ri_projectReturning
Definition execnodes.h:610
ExprState ** ri_GeneratedExprsU
Definition execnodes.h:600
ExprState ** ri_TrigWhenExprs
Definition execnodes.h:554
FmgrInfo * ri_TrigFunctions
Definition execnodes.h:551
bool ri_usesFdwDirectModify
Definition execnodes.h:572
AttrNumber ri_RowIdAttNo
Definition execnodes.h:528
TupleTableSlot * ri_TrigNewSlot
Definition execnodes.h:562
TriggerInstrumentation * ri_TrigInstrument
Definition execnodes.h:557
TupleTableSlot * ri_TrigOldSlot
Definition execnodes.h:561
int numtriggers
Definition reltrigger.h:50
TriggerDesc * CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
Definition trigger.c:2092

References CopyTriggerDesc(), fb(), GetFdwRoutineForRelation(), InstrAllocTrigger(), IsInplaceUpdateRelation(), MemSet, MERGE_WHEN_MATCHED, MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_SOURCE, MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_TARGET, NIL, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, palloc0_array, ResultRelInfo::ri_AllNullSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_CheckConstraintExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMap, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMapValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_CopyMultiInsertBuffer, ResultRelInfo::ri_extraUpdatedCols, ResultRelInfo::ri_FdwRoutine, ResultRelInfo::ri_FdwState, ResultRelInfo::ri_forPortionOf, ResultRelInfo::ri_GeneratedExprsI, ResultRelInfo::ri_GeneratedExprsU, ResultRelInfo::ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_MergeActions, ResultRelInfo::ri_MergeJoinCondition, ResultRelInfo::ri_needLockTagTuple, ResultRelInfo::ri_newTupleSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_oldTupleSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflict, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes, ResultRelInfo::ri_PartitionTupleSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectNew, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectNewInfoValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectReturning, ResultRelInfo::ri_RangeTableIndex, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_ReturningSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMap, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMapValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RowIdAttNo, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigFunctions, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigInstrument, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigNewSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigOldSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigWhenExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_usesFdwDirectModify, and ResultRelInfo::type.

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), create_edata_for_relation(), ExecGetAncestorResultRels(), ExecGetTriggerResultRel(), ExecInitPartitionDispatchInfo(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInitResultRelation(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), and initialize_change_context().

◆ LookupTupleHashEntry()

TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot,
bool isnew,
uint32 hash 
)
extern

Definition at line 382 of file execGrouping.c.

384{
385 TupleHashEntry entry;
388
389 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
391
392 /* set up data needed by hash and match functions */
393 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
394 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashtable->tab_hash_expr;
395 hashtable->cur_eq_func = hashtable->tab_eq_func;
396
398 entry = LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(hashtable, slot, isnew, local_hash);
399
400 if (hash != NULL)
401 *hash = local_hash;
402
403 Assert(entry == NULL || entry->hash == local_hash);
404
406
407 return entry;
408}
static uint32 TupleHashTableHash_internal(struct tuplehash_hash *tb, MinimalTuple tuple)
static TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, bool *isnew, uint32 hash)
static unsigned hash(unsigned *uv, int n)
Definition rege_dfa.c:715

References Assert, TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, fb(), hash(), TupleHashEntryData::hash, TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleHashTableData::tab_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::tempcxt, and TupleHashTableHash_internal().

Referenced by buildSubPlanHash(), ExecRecursiveUnion(), lookup_hash_entries(), and setop_fill_hash_table().

◆ LookupTupleHashEntryHash()

TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntryHash ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot,
bool isnew,
uint32  hash 
)
extern

Definition at line 437 of file execGrouping.c.

439{
440 TupleHashEntry entry;
442
443 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
445
446 /* set up data needed by hash and match functions */
447 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
448 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashtable->tab_hash_expr;
449 hashtable->cur_eq_func = hashtable->tab_eq_func;
450
451 entry = LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(hashtable, slot, isnew, hash);
452 Assert(entry == NULL || entry->hash == hash);
453
455
456 return entry;
457}

References Assert, TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, fb(), hash(), TupleHashEntryData::hash, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleHashTableData::tab_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, and TupleHashTableData::tempcxt.

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table().

◆ MakePerTupleExprContext()

ExprContext * MakePerTupleExprContext ( EState estate)
extern

Definition at line 463 of file execUtils.c.

464{
465 if (estate->es_per_tuple_exprcontext == NULL)
467
468 return estate->es_per_tuple_exprcontext;
469}

References CreateExprContext(), EState::es_per_tuple_exprcontext, and fb().

◆ MultiExecProcNode()

Node * MultiExecProcNode ( PlanState node)
extern

Definition at line 488 of file execProcnode.c.

489{
490 Node *result;
491
493
495
496 if (node->chgParam != NULL) /* something changed */
497 ExecReScan(node); /* let ReScan handle this */
498
499 switch (nodeTag(node))
500 {
501 /*
502 * Only node types that actually support multiexec will be listed
503 */
504
505 case T_HashState:
506 result = MultiExecHash((HashState *) node);
507 break;
508
511 break;
512
513 case T_BitmapAndState:
515 break;
516
517 case T_BitmapOrState:
519 break;
520
521 default:
522 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
523 result = NULL;
524 break;
525 }
526
527 return result;
528}
Node * MultiExecBitmapAnd(BitmapAndState *node)
Node * MultiExecBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScanState *node)
Node * MultiExecBitmapOr(BitmapOrState *node)
Node * MultiExecHash(HashState *node)
Definition nodeHash.c:106

References CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, check_stack_depth(), PlanState::chgParam, elog, ERROR, ExecReScan(), fb(), MultiExecBitmapAnd(), MultiExecBitmapIndexScan(), MultiExecBitmapOr(), MultiExecHash(), nodeTag, and result.

Referenced by BitmapTableScanSetup(), ExecHashJoinImpl(), MultiExecBitmapAnd(), and MultiExecBitmapOr().

◆ RegisterExprContextCallback()

void RegisterExprContextCallback ( ExprContext econtext,
ExprContextCallbackFunction  function,
Datum  arg 
)
extern

Definition at line 989 of file execUtils.c.

992{
994
995 /* Save the info in appropriate memory context */
998 sizeof(ExprContext_CB));
999
1001 ecxt_callback->arg = arg;
1002
1003 /* link to front of list for appropriate execution order */
1004 ecxt_callback->next = econtext->ecxt_callbacks;
1005 econtext->ecxt_callbacks = ecxt_callback;
1006}
Datum arg
Definition elog.c:1322
void * MemoryContextAlloc(MemoryContext context, Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1232
ExprContextCallbackFunction function
Definition execnodes.h:254

References arg, ExprContext::ecxt_callbacks, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, fb(), function, ExprContext_CB::function, and MemoryContextAlloc().

Referenced by AggRegisterCallback(), ExecMakeFunctionResultSet(), ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(), fmgr_sql(), and init_MultiFuncCall().

◆ RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoByIndex()

bool RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoByIndex ( Relation  rel,
Oid  idxoid,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TransactionId  oldestxmin,
TransactionId delete_xid,
ReplOriginId delete_origin,
TimestampTz delete_time 
)
extern

Definition at line 634 of file execReplication.c.

640{
643 int skey_attoff;
644 IndexScanDesc scan;
649
650 Assert(equalTupleDescs(desc, searchslot->tts_tupleDescriptor));
652
654 *delete_time = 0;
656
658
660
662
663 /* Build scan key. */
665
666 /*
667 * Start an index scan using SnapshotAny to identify dead tuples that are
668 * not visible under a standard MVCC snapshot. Tuples from transactions
669 * not yet committed or those just committed prior to the scan are
670 * excluded in update_most_recent_deletion_info().
671 */
672 scan = index_beginscan(rel, idxrel,
674
675 index_rescan(scan, skey, skey_attoff, NULL, 0);
676
677 /* Try to find the tuple */
679 {
680 /*
681 * Avoid expensive equality check if the index is primary key or
682 * replica identity index.
683 */
685 {
686 if (eq == NULL)
687 eq = palloc0_array(TypeCacheEntry *, scanslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
688
690 continue;
691 }
692
695 }
696
697 index_endscan(scan);
698
700
702
703 return *delete_time != 0;
704}
static bool tuples_equal(TupleTableSlot *slot1, TupleTableSlot *slot2, TypeCacheEntry **eq, Bitmapset *columns)
static int build_replindex_scan_key(ScanKey skey, Relation rel, Relation idxrel, TupleTableSlot *searchslot)
static void update_most_recent_deletion_info(TupleTableSlot *scanslot, TransactionId oldestxmin, TransactionId *delete_xid, TimestampTz *delete_time, ReplOriginId *delete_origin)
bool index_getnext_slot(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition indexam.c:698
IndexScanDesc index_beginscan(Relation heapRelation, Relation indexRelation, Snapshot snapshot, IndexScanInstrumentation *instrument, int nkeys, int norderbys, uint32 flags)
Definition indexam.c:257
void index_endscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
Definition indexam.c:394
void index_rescan(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey keys, int nkeys, ScanKey orderbys, int norderbys)
Definition indexam.c:368
#define InvalidReplOriginId
Definition origin.h:33
Oid GetRelationIdentityOrPK(Relation rel)
Definition relation.c:905
@ SO_NONE
Definition tableam.h:49
#define InvalidTransactionId
Definition transam.h:31
bool equalTupleDescs(TupleDesc tupdesc1, TupleDesc tupdesc2)
Definition tupdesc.c:648

References Assert, build_replindex_scan_key(), equalTupleDescs(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), fb(), ForwardScanDirection, GetRelationIdentityOrPK(), index_beginscan(), index_close(), index_endscan(), index_getnext_slot(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), index_rescan(), InvalidReplOriginId, InvalidTransactionId, NoLock, OidIsValid, palloc0_array, PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, SnapshotAny, SO_NONE, table_slot_create(), tuples_equal(), and update_most_recent_deletion_info().

Referenced by FindDeletedTupleInLocalRel().

◆ RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoSeq()

bool RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoSeq ( Relation  rel,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TransactionId  oldestxmin,
TransactionId delete_xid,
ReplOriginId delete_origin,
TimestampTz delete_time 
)
extern

Definition at line 564 of file execReplication.c.

569{
571 TableScanDesc scan;
575
576 Assert(equalTupleDescs(desc, searchslot->tts_tupleDescriptor));
577
580 *delete_time = 0;
581
582 /*
583 * If the relation has a replica identity key or a primary key that is
584 * unusable for locating deleted tuples (see
585 * IsIndexUsableForFindingDeletedTuple), a full table scan becomes
586 * necessary. In such cases, comparing the entire tuple is not required,
587 * since the remote tuple might not include all column values. Instead,
588 * the indexed columns alone are sufficient to identify the target tuple
589 * (see logicalrep_rel_mark_updatable).
590 */
593
594 /* fallback to PK if no replica identity */
595 if (!indexbitmap)
598
599 eq = palloc0_array(TypeCacheEntry *, searchslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
600
601 /*
602 * Start a heap scan using SnapshotAny to identify dead tuples that are
603 * not visible under a standard MVCC snapshot. Tuples from transactions
604 * not yet committed or those just committed prior to the scan are
605 * excluded in update_most_recent_deletion_info().
606 */
607 scan = table_beginscan(rel, SnapshotAny, 0, NULL,
608 SO_NONE);
610
611 table_rescan(scan, NULL);
612
613 /* Try to find the tuple */
615 {
617 continue;
618
621 }
622
623 table_endscan(scan);
625
626 return *delete_time != 0;
627}
@ INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_PRIMARY_KEY
Definition relcache.h:70
@ INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY
Definition relcache.h:71
static void table_endscan(TableScanDesc scan)
Definition tableam.h:1061
static void table_rescan(TableScanDesc scan, ScanKeyData *key)
Definition tableam.h:1070
static TableScanDesc table_beginscan(Relation rel, Snapshot snapshot, int nkeys, ScanKeyData *key, uint32 flags)
Definition tableam.h:943
static bool table_scan_getnextslot(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition tableam.h:1096

References Assert, equalTupleDescs(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), fb(), ForwardScanDirection, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_PRIMARY_KEY, InvalidReplOriginId, InvalidTransactionId, palloc0_array, PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), SnapshotAny, SO_NONE, table_beginscan(), table_endscan(), table_rescan(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), tuples_equal(), and update_most_recent_deletion_info().

Referenced by FindDeletedTupleInLocalRel().

◆ RelationFindReplTupleByIndex()

bool RelationFindReplTupleByIndex ( Relation  rel,
Oid  idxoid,
LockTupleMode  lockmode,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TupleTableSlot outslot 
)
extern

Definition at line 182 of file execReplication.c.

186{
188 int skey_attoff;
189 IndexScanDesc scan;
193 bool found;
196
197 /* Open the index. */
199
201
203
204 /* Build scan key. */
206
207 /* Start an index scan. */
208 scan = index_beginscan(rel, idxrel,
210
211retry:
212 found = false;
213
214 index_rescan(scan, skey, skey_attoff, NULL, 0);
215
216 /* Try to find the tuple */
218 {
219 /*
220 * Avoid expensive equality check if the index is primary key or
221 * replica identity index.
222 */
224 {
225 if (eq == NULL)
226 eq = palloc0_array(TypeCacheEntry *, outslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
227
229 continue;
230 }
231
233
235 snap.xmin : snap.xmax;
236
237 /*
238 * If the tuple is locked, wait for locking transaction to finish and
239 * retry.
240 */
242 {
244 goto retry;
245 }
246
247 /* Found our tuple and it's not locked */
248 found = true;
249 break;
250 }
251
252 /* Found tuple, try to lock it in the lockmode. */
253 if (found)
254 {
255 TM_FailureData tmfd;
256 TM_Result res;
257
259
260 res = table_tuple_lock(rel, &(outslot->tts_tid), GetActiveSnapshot(),
261 outslot,
262 GetCurrentCommandId(false),
263 lockmode,
265 0 /* don't follow updates */ ,
266 &tmfd);
267
269
270 if (should_refetch_tuple(res, &tmfd))
271 goto retry;
272 }
273
274 index_endscan(scan);
275
276 /* Don't release lock until commit. */
278
279 return found;
280}
uint32 TransactionId
Definition c.h:736
static bool should_refetch_tuple(TM_Result res, TM_FailureData *tmfd)
void XactLockTableWait(TransactionId xid, Relation rel, const ItemPointerData *ctid, XLTW_Oper oper)
Definition lmgr.c:663
@ XLTW_None
Definition lmgr.h:26
@ LockWaitBlock
Definition lockoptions.h:40
Snapshot GetLatestSnapshot(void)
Definition snapmgr.c:354
void PushActiveSnapshot(Snapshot snapshot)
Definition snapmgr.c:682
void PopActiveSnapshot(void)
Definition snapmgr.c:775
Snapshot GetActiveSnapshot(void)
Definition snapmgr.c:800
#define InitDirtySnapshot(snapshotdata)
Definition snapmgr.h:42
TM_Result
Definition tableam.h:95
static TM_Result table_tuple_lock(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot, TupleTableSlot *slot, CommandId cid, LockTupleMode mode, LockWaitPolicy wait_policy, uint8 flags, TM_FailureData *tmfd)
Definition tableam.h:1648
#define TransactionIdIsValid(xid)
Definition transam.h:41
CommandId GetCurrentCommandId(bool used)
Definition xact.c:831

References build_replindex_scan_key(), ExecMaterializeSlot(), fb(), ForwardScanDirection, GetActiveSnapshot(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), GetRelationIdentityOrPK(), index_beginscan(), index_close(), index_endscan(), index_getnext_slot(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), index_rescan(), InitDirtySnapshot, LockWaitBlock, NoLock, palloc0_array, PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), RowExclusiveLock, should_refetch_tuple(), SO_NONE, table_tuple_lock(), TransactionIdIsValid, tuples_equal(), XactLockTableWait(), and XLTW_None.

Referenced by FindReplTupleInLocalRel().

◆ RelationFindReplTupleSeq()

bool RelationFindReplTupleSeq ( Relation  rel,
LockTupleMode  lockmode,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TupleTableSlot outslot 
)
extern

Definition at line 370 of file execReplication.c.

372{
374 TableScanDesc scan;
378 bool found;
380
381 Assert(equalTupleDescs(desc, outslot->tts_tupleDescriptor));
382
383 eq = palloc0_array(TypeCacheEntry *, outslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
384
385 /* Start a heap scan. */
387 scan = table_beginscan(rel, &snap, 0, NULL,
388 SO_NONE);
390
391retry:
392 found = false;
393
394 table_rescan(scan, NULL);
395
396 /* Try to find the tuple */
398 {
400 continue;
401
402 found = true;
404
406 snap.xmin : snap.xmax;
407
408 /*
409 * If the tuple is locked, wait for locking transaction to finish and
410 * retry.
411 */
413 {
415 goto retry;
416 }
417
418 /* Found our tuple and it's not locked */
419 break;
420 }
421
422 /* Found tuple, try to lock it in the lockmode. */
423 if (found)
424 {
425 TM_FailureData tmfd;
426 TM_Result res;
427
429
430 res = table_tuple_lock(rel, &(outslot->tts_tid), GetActiveSnapshot(),
431 outslot,
432 GetCurrentCommandId(false),
433 lockmode,
435 0 /* don't follow updates */ ,
436 &tmfd);
437
439
440 if (should_refetch_tuple(res, &tmfd))
441 goto retry;
442 }
443
444 table_endscan(scan);
446
447 return found;
448}

References Assert, equalTupleDescs(), ExecCopySlot(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), fb(), ForwardScanDirection, GetActiveSnapshot(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), InitDirtySnapshot, LockWaitBlock, palloc0_array, PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), RelationGetDescr, should_refetch_tuple(), SO_NONE, table_beginscan(), table_endscan(), table_rescan(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), table_tuple_lock(), TransactionIdIsValid, tuples_equal(), XactLockTableWait(), and XLTW_None.

Referenced by FindReplTupleInLocalRel().

◆ ReScanExprContext()

void ReScanExprContext ( ExprContext econtext)
extern

Definition at line 448 of file execUtils.c.

449{
450 /* Call any registered callbacks */
451 ShutdownExprContext(econtext, true);
452 /* And clean up the memory used */
454}

References ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, MemoryContextReset(), and ShutdownExprContext().

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table(), agg_retrieve_direct(), domain_check_input(), ExecEndAgg(), ExecReScan(), ExecReScanAgg(), and ValuesNext().

◆ ResetTupleHashTable()

◆ ScanRelIsReadOnly()

◆ standard_ExecutorEnd()

void standard_ExecutorEnd ( QueryDesc queryDesc)
extern

Definition at line 486 of file execMain.c.

487{
488 EState *estate;
489 MemoryContext oldcontext;
490
491 /* sanity checks */
492 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
493
494 estate = queryDesc->estate;
495
496 Assert(estate != NULL);
497
498 if (estate->es_parallel_workers_to_launch > 0)
501
502 /*
503 * Check that ExecutorFinish was called, unless in EXPLAIN-only mode. This
504 * Assert is needed because ExecutorFinish is new as of 9.1, and callers
505 * might forget to call it.
506 */
507 Assert(estate->es_finished ||
509
510 /*
511 * Switch into per-query memory context to run ExecEndPlan
512 */
513 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
514
515 ExecEndPlan(queryDesc->planstate, estate);
516
517 /* do away with our snapshots */
520
521 /*
522 * Must switch out of context before destroying it
523 */
524 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
525
526 /*
527 * Release EState and per-query memory context. This should release
528 * everything the executor has allocated.
529 */
530 FreeExecutorState(estate);
531
532 /* Reset queryDesc fields that no longer point to anything */
533 queryDesc->tupDesc = NULL;
534 queryDesc->estate = NULL;
535 queryDesc->planstate = NULL;
536 queryDesc->query_instr = NULL;
537}
static void ExecEndPlan(PlanState *planstate, EState *estate)
Definition execMain.c:1565
int64 PgStat_Counter
Definition pgstat.h:71
void pgstat_update_parallel_workers_stats(PgStat_Counter workers_to_launch, PgStat_Counter workers_launched)
void UnregisterSnapshot(Snapshot snapshot)
Definition snapmgr.c:866
struct Instrumentation * query_instr
Definition execdesc.h:57
TupleDesc tupDesc
Definition execdesc.h:49

References Assert, EState::es_crosscheck_snapshot, EState::es_finished, EState::es_parallel_workers_launched, EState::es_parallel_workers_to_launch, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_top_eflags, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, ExecEndPlan(), fb(), FreeExecutorState(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), pgstat_update_parallel_workers_stats(), QueryDesc::planstate, QueryDesc::query_instr, QueryDesc::tupDesc, and UnregisterSnapshot().

Referenced by ExecutorEnd(), explain_ExecutorEnd(), and pgss_ExecutorEnd().

◆ standard_ExecutorFinish()

void standard_ExecutorFinish ( QueryDesc queryDesc)
extern

Definition at line 426 of file execMain.c.

427{
428 EState *estate;
429 MemoryContext oldcontext;
430
431 /* sanity checks */
432 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
433
434 estate = queryDesc->estate;
435
436 Assert(estate != NULL);
438
439 /* This should be run once and only once per Executor instance */
440 Assert(!estate->es_finished);
441
442 /* Switch into per-query memory context */
443 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
444
445 /* Allow instrumentation of Executor overall runtime */
446 if (queryDesc->query_instr)
447 InstrStart(queryDesc->query_instr);
448
449 /* Run ModifyTable nodes to completion */
450 ExecPostprocessPlan(estate);
451
452 /* Execute queued AFTER triggers, unless told not to */
453 if (!(estate->es_top_eflags & EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS))
454 AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate);
455
456 if (queryDesc->query_instr)
457 InstrStop(queryDesc->query_instr);
458
459 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
460
461 estate->es_finished = true;
462}
static void ExecPostprocessPlan(EState *estate)
Definition execMain.c:1519
#define EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS
Definition executor.h:72
void InstrStart(Instrumentation *instr)
Definition instrument.c:53
void InstrStop(Instrumentation *instr)
Definition instrument.c:103
void AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
Definition trigger.c:5161

References AfterTriggerEndQuery(), Assert, EState::es_finished, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_top_eflags, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS, ExecPostprocessPlan(), fb(), InstrStart(), InstrStop(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and QueryDesc::query_instr.

Referenced by ExecutorFinish(), explain_ExecutorFinish(), and pgss_ExecutorFinish().

◆ standard_ExecutorRun()

void standard_ExecutorRun ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
ScanDirection  direction,
uint64  count 
)
extern

Definition at line 318 of file execMain.c.

320{
321 EState *estate;
324 bool sendTuples;
325 MemoryContext oldcontext;
326
327 /* sanity checks */
328 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
329
330 estate = queryDesc->estate;
331
332 Assert(estate != NULL);
334
335 /* caller must ensure the query's snapshot is active */
337
338 /*
339 * Switch into per-query memory context
340 */
341 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
342
343 /* Allow instrumentation of Executor overall runtime */
344 if (queryDesc->query_instr)
345 InstrStart(queryDesc->query_instr);
346
347 /*
348 * extract information from the query descriptor and the query feature.
349 */
350 operation = queryDesc->operation;
351 dest = queryDesc->dest;
352
353 /*
354 * startup tuple receiver, if we will be emitting tuples
355 */
356 estate->es_processed = 0;
357
359 queryDesc->plannedstmt->hasReturning);
360
361 if (sendTuples)
362 dest->rStartup(dest, operation, queryDesc->tupDesc);
363
364 /*
365 * Run plan, unless direction is NoMovement.
366 *
367 * Note: pquery.c selects NoMovement if a prior call already reached
368 * end-of-data in the user-specified fetch direction. This is important
369 * because various parts of the executor can misbehave if called again
370 * after reporting EOF. For example, heapam.c would actually restart a
371 * heapscan and return all its data afresh. There is also some doubt
372 * about whether a parallel plan would operate properly if an additional,
373 * necessarily non-parallel execution request occurs after completing a
374 * parallel execution. (That case should work, but it's untested.)
375 */
376 if (!ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction))
377 ExecutePlan(queryDesc,
378 operation,
380 count,
381 direction,
382 dest);
383
384 /*
385 * Update es_total_processed to keep track of the number of tuples
386 * processed across multiple ExecutorRun() calls.
387 */
388 estate->es_total_processed += estate->es_processed;
389
390 /*
391 * shutdown tuple receiver, if we started it
392 */
393 if (sendTuples)
394 dest->rShutdown(dest);
395
396 if (queryDesc->query_instr)
397 InstrStop(queryDesc->query_instr);
398
399 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
400}
static void ExecutePlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, CmdType operation, bool sendTuples, uint64 numberTuples, ScanDirection direction, DestReceiver *dest)
Definition execMain.c:1685
CmdType
Definition nodes.h:273
#define ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction)
Definition sdir.h:57
bool hasReturning
Definition plannodes.h:78
DestReceiver * dest
Definition execdesc.h:41

References Assert, CMD_SELECT, QueryDesc::dest, EState::es_processed, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_top_eflags, EState::es_total_processed, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, ExecutePlan(), fb(), GetActiveSnapshot(), PlannedStmt::hasReturning, InstrStart(), InstrStop(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), operation, QueryDesc::operation, QueryDesc::plannedstmt, QueryDesc::query_instr, ScanDirectionIsNoMovement, and QueryDesc::tupDesc.

Referenced by ExecutorRun(), explain_ExecutorRun(), and pgss_ExecutorRun().

◆ standard_ExecutorStart()

void standard_ExecutorStart ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
int  eflags 
)
extern

Definition at line 143 of file execMain.c.

144{
145 EState *estate;
146 MemoryContext oldcontext;
147
148 /* sanity checks: queryDesc must not be started already */
149 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
150 Assert(queryDesc->estate == NULL);
151
152 /* caller must ensure the query's snapshot is active */
153 Assert(GetActiveSnapshot() == queryDesc->snapshot);
154
155 /*
156 * If the transaction is read-only, we need to check if any writes are
157 * planned to non-temporary tables. EXPLAIN is considered read-only.
158 *
159 * Don't allow writes in parallel mode. Supporting UPDATE and DELETE
160 * would require (a) storing the combo CID hash in shared memory, rather
161 * than synchronizing it just once at the start of parallelism, and (b) an
162 * alternative to heap_update()'s reliance on xmax for mutual exclusion.
163 * INSERT may have no such troubles, but we forbid it to simplify the
164 * checks.
165 *
166 * We have lower-level defenses in CommandCounterIncrement and elsewhere
167 * against performing unsafe operations in parallel mode, but this gives a
168 * more user-friendly error message.
169 */
170 if ((XactReadOnly || IsInParallelMode()) &&
171 !(eflags & EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY))
173
174 /*
175 * Build EState, switch into per-query memory context for startup.
176 */
177 estate = CreateExecutorState();
178 queryDesc->estate = estate;
179
180 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
181
182 /*
183 * Fill in external parameters, if any, from queryDesc; and allocate
184 * workspace for internal parameters
185 */
186 estate->es_param_list_info = queryDesc->params;
187
188 if (queryDesc->plannedstmt->paramExecTypes != NIL)
189 {
190 int nParamExec;
191
195 }
196
197 /* We now require all callers to provide sourceText */
198 Assert(queryDesc->sourceText != NULL);
199 estate->es_sourceText = queryDesc->sourceText;
200
201 /*
202 * Fill in the query environment, if any, from queryDesc.
203 */
204 estate->es_queryEnv = queryDesc->queryEnv;
205
206 /*
207 * If non-read-only query, set the command ID to mark output tuples with
208 */
209 switch (queryDesc->operation)
210 {
211 case CMD_SELECT:
212
213 /*
214 * SELECT FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE and modifying CTEs need to mark
215 * tuples
216 */
217 if (queryDesc->plannedstmt->rowMarks != NIL ||
218 queryDesc->plannedstmt->hasModifyingCTE)
219 estate->es_output_cid = GetCurrentCommandId(true);
220
221 /*
222 * A SELECT without modifying CTEs can't possibly queue triggers,
223 * so force skip-triggers mode. This is just a marginal efficiency
224 * hack, since AfterTriggerBeginQuery/AfterTriggerEndQuery aren't
225 * all that expensive, but we might as well do it.
226 */
227 if (!queryDesc->plannedstmt->hasModifyingCTE)
228 eflags |= EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS;
229 break;
230
231 case CMD_INSERT:
232 case CMD_DELETE:
233 case CMD_UPDATE:
234 case CMD_MERGE:
235 estate->es_output_cid = GetCurrentCommandId(true);
236 break;
237
238 default:
239 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized operation code: %d",
240 (int) queryDesc->operation);
241 break;
242 }
243
244 /*
245 * Copy other important information into the EState
246 */
247 estate->es_snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(queryDesc->snapshot);
249 estate->es_top_eflags = eflags;
250 estate->es_instrument = queryDesc->instrument_options;
251 estate->es_jit_flags = queryDesc->plannedstmt->jitFlags;
252
253 /*
254 * Set up query-level instrumentation if extensions have requested it via
255 * query_instr_options. Ensure an extension has not allocated query_instr
256 * itself.
257 */
258 Assert(queryDesc->query_instr == NULL);
259 if (queryDesc->query_instr_options)
260 queryDesc->query_instr = InstrAlloc(queryDesc->query_instr_options);
261
262 /*
263 * Set up an AFTER-trigger statement context, unless told not to, or
264 * unless it's EXPLAIN-only mode (when ExecutorFinish won't be called).
265 */
268
269 /*
270 * Initialize the plan state tree
271 */
272 InitPlan(queryDesc, eflags);
273
274 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
275}
static void ExecCheckXactReadOnly(PlannedStmt *plannedstmt)
Definition execMain.c:813
static void InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
Definition execMain.c:847
EState * CreateExecutorState(void)
Definition execUtils.c:90
Instrumentation * InstrAlloc(int instrument_options)
Definition instrument.c:36
Snapshot RegisterSnapshot(Snapshot snapshot)
Definition snapmgr.c:824
bool hasModifyingCTE
Definition plannodes.h:81
List * rowMarks
Definition plannodes.h:138
const char * sourceText
Definition execdesc.h:38
ParamListInfo params
Definition execdesc.h:42
int instrument_options
Definition execdesc.h:44
Snapshot snapshot
Definition execdesc.h:39
int query_instr_options
Definition execdesc.h:45
QueryEnvironment * queryEnv
Definition execdesc.h:43
Snapshot crosscheck_snapshot
Definition execdesc.h:40
void AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
Definition trigger.c:5141
bool XactReadOnly
Definition xact.c:84
bool IsInParallelMode(void)
Definition xact.c:1119

References AfterTriggerBeginQuery(), Assert, CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_MERGE, CMD_SELECT, CMD_UPDATE, CreateExecutorState(), QueryDesc::crosscheck_snapshot, elog, ERROR, EState::es_crosscheck_snapshot, EState::es_instrument, EState::es_jit_flags, EState::es_output_cid, EState::es_param_exec_vals, EState::es_param_list_info, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_queryEnv, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_sourceText, EState::es_top_eflags, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS, ExecCheckXactReadOnly(), fb(), GetActiveSnapshot(), GetCurrentCommandId(), PlannedStmt::hasModifyingCTE, InitPlan(), InstrAlloc(), QueryDesc::instrument_options, IsInParallelMode(), PlannedStmt::jitFlags, list_length(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, QueryDesc::operation, palloc0_array, PlannedStmt::paramExecTypes, QueryDesc::params, QueryDesc::plannedstmt, QueryDesc::query_instr, QueryDesc::query_instr_options, QueryDesc::queryEnv, RegisterSnapshot(), PlannedStmt::rowMarks, QueryDesc::snapshot, QueryDesc::sourceText, and XactReadOnly.

Referenced by ExecutorStart(), explain_ExecutorStart(), and pgss_ExecutorStart().

◆ TupleHashEntryGetAdditional()

static void * TupleHashEntryGetAdditional ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleHashEntry  entry 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 193 of file executor.h.

194{
195 if (hashtable->additionalsize > 0)
196 return (char *) entry->firstTuple - hashtable->additionalsize;
197 else
198 return NULL;
199}
MinimalTuple firstTuple
Definition execnodes.h:891

References TupleHashTableData::additionalsize, fb(), and TupleHashEntryData::firstTuple.

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table(), agg_retrieve_hash_table_in_memory(), initialize_hash_entry(), lookup_hash_entries(), setop_fill_hash_table(), and setop_retrieve_hash_table().

◆ TupleHashEntryGetTuple()

static MinimalTuple TupleHashEntryGetTuple ( TupleHashEntry  entry)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 179 of file executor.h.

180{
181 return entry->firstTuple;
182}

References TupleHashEntryData::firstTuple.

Referenced by agg_retrieve_hash_table_in_memory(), findPartialMatch(), and setop_retrieve_hash_table().

◆ TupleHashEntrySize()

static size_t TupleHashEntrySize ( void  )
inlinestatic

Definition at line 170 of file executor.h.

171{
172 return sizeof(TupleHashEntryData);
173}

Referenced by build_hash_tables(), hash_agg_entry_size(), and hash_agg_update_metrics().

◆ TupleHashTableHash()

uint32 TupleHashTableHash ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)
extern

Definition at line 414 of file execGrouping.c.

415{
417 uint32 hash;
418
419 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
420 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashtable->tab_hash_expr;
421
422 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
424
426
428
429 return hash;
430}

References fb(), hash(), TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::tempcxt, and TupleHashTableHash_internal().

◆ UnregisterExprContextCallback()

void UnregisterExprContextCallback ( ExprContext econtext,
ExprContextCallbackFunction  function,
Datum  arg 
)
extern

Definition at line 1015 of file execUtils.c.

1018{
1021
1022 prev_callback = &econtext->ecxt_callbacks;
1023
1024 while ((ecxt_callback = *prev_callback) != NULL)
1025 {
1026 if (ecxt_callback->function == function && ecxt_callback->arg == arg)
1027 {
1030 }
1031 else
1033 }
1034}
struct ExprContext_CB * next
Definition execnodes.h:253

References arg, ExprContext::ecxt_callbacks, fb(), function, ExprContext_CB::next, and pfree().

Referenced by end_MultiFuncCall(), and fmgr_sql().

◆ UpdateChangedParamSet()

void UpdateChangedParamSet ( PlanState node,
Bitmapset newchg 
)
extern

Definition at line 936 of file execUtils.c.

937{
939
940 /*
941 * The plan node only depends on params listed in its allParam set. Don't
942 * include anything else into its chgParam set.
943 */
945 node->chgParam = bms_join(node->chgParam, parmset);
946}
Bitmapset * bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:292
Bitmapset * bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:1214
Bitmapset * allParam
Definition plannodes.h:256

References Plan::allParam, bms_intersect(), bms_join(), PlanState::chgParam, fb(), and PlanState::plan.

Referenced by ExecReScan(), ExecReScanAppend(), ExecReScanBitmapAnd(), ExecReScanBitmapOr(), ExecReScanMergeAppend(), and ExecReScanSubqueryScan().

Variable Documentation

◆ ExecutorCheckPerms_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type ExecutorCheckPerms_hook
extern

Definition at line 76 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecCheckPermissions().

◆ ExecutorEnd_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorEnd_hook_type ExecutorEnd_hook
extern

Definition at line 73 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorEnd().

◆ ExecutorFinish_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorFinish_hook_type ExecutorFinish_hook
extern

Definition at line 72 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorFinish().

◆ ExecutorRun_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorRun_hook_type ExecutorRun_hook
extern

Definition at line 71 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorRun().

◆ ExecutorStart_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorStart_hook_type ExecutorStart_hook
extern

Definition at line 70 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorStart().